Table of Contents
- User Guide
- 1 Safety
- 2 Getting Started
- Parts of the Printer
- Power Options
- Accessing the Printer
- Introduction to Apps
- Information Pages
- The Embedded Web Server
- Installation and Setup
- Connecting the Printer
- Selecting a Connection Method
- Connecting to a Computer Using USB
- Connecting to a Wired Network
- Connecting to a Wireless Network
- Connecting to a Telephone Line
- Initial Printer Setup
- Configuring AirPrint
- Configuring Google Cloud Print
- Installing the Software
- Operating System Requirements
- Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows Network Printer
- Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows USB Printer
- Installing the Drivers and Utilities for Macintosh OS X
- Installing Drivers and Utilities for UNIX and Linux
- Installing the Printer as a Web Service on Devices
- More Information
- 3 Customize and Personalize
- 4 Xerox® Apps
- Xerox® App Gallery
- Device
- Address Book
- Address Book Overview
- Editing the Address Book
- Creating and Managing Favorites
- Jobs
- Copy
- ID Card Copy
- Scan To
- Scan To Overview
- Scanning to an Email Address
- Scanning to a USB Flash Drive
- Scanning to a User Home Folder
- Scan to Desktop
- Scanning to an FTP or SFTP Server
- Scanning to a Shared Folder on a Network Computer
- Scanning Images into an Application on a Connected Computer
- Scanning to a Desktop Computer Using a USB Cable Connection
- Previewing and Building Jobs
- Fax
- Server Fax
- USB
- @PrintByXerox
- 5 Printing
- Printing Overview
- Selecting Printing Options
- Printing Features
- Managing Jobs
- Printing Special Job Types
- Selecting Paper Options for Printing
- Scaling
- Printing on Both Sides of the Paper
- Print Quality
- Image Options
- Image Shift
- Color Adjustments
- Printing Mirror Images
- Printing Multiple Pages to a Single Sheet
- Printing Booklets
- Using Special Pages
- Printing Watermarks for Windows
- Orientation
- Printing Banner Pages
- Selecting Job Completion Notification for Windows
- Using Custom Paper Sizes
- 6 Paper and Media
- Supported Paper
- Recommended Media
- Ordering Paper
- General Paper Loading Guidelines
- Paper That Can Damage Your Printer
- Paper Storage Guidelines
- Supported Paper Types and Weights
- Supported Standard Paper Sizes
- Supported Standard Paper Sizes for Automatic 2-Sided Printing
- Supported Paper Types and Weights for Automatic 2-Sided Printing
- Supported Custom Paper Sizes
- Cardstock
- Loading Paper
- Printing on Special Paper
- Supported Paper
- 7 Maintenance
- 8 Troubleshooting
- A Specifications
- B Regulatory Information
- Basic Regulations
- Copy Regulations
- Fax Regulations
- Safety Certification
- Material Safety Data Sheets
- C Recycling and Disposal
- D Apps Features
Xerox C405V/DN User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for C405V/DN by Xerox which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
Version 1.4
October 2019
702P05813
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color
Multifunction Printer
User Guide
© 2019 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox®, Xerox and Design®, VersaLink®, FreeFlow®, SMARTsend®,
Scan to PC Desktop®, MeterAssistant®, SuppliesAssistant®, Xerox Secure Access Unified ID System®, Xerox
Extensible Interface Platform®, Global Print Driver®, and Mobile Express Driver®are trademarks of Xerox Corporation
in the United States and / or other countries.
Adobe®, Adobe PDF logo, Adobe®Reader®, Adobe®Type Manager®, ATM™, Flash®, Macromedia®, Photoshop®, and
PostScript®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.
Apple®, Bonjour®, EtherTalk™, TrueType®, iPad®, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod touch®, AirPrint®and the AirPrint Logo®, Mac®,
Mac OS®, and Macintosh®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Google Cloud Print™web printing service, Gmail™webmail service, and Android™mobile technology platform are
trademarks of Google, Inc.
HP-GL®, HP-UX®, and PCL®are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
IBM®and AIX®are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
McAfee®, ePolicy Orchestrator®, and McAfee ePO™are trademarks or registered trademarks of McAfee, Inc. in the
United States and other countries.
Microsoft®, Windows Vista®, Windows®, Windows Server®, and OneDrive®are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Mopria is a trademark of the Mopria Alliance.
Novell®, NetWare®, NDPS®, NDS®, IPX™, and Novell Distributed Print Services™ are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
PANTONE®and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc.
SGI®and IRIX®are registered trademarks of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United
States and/or other countries.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates in the
United States and other countries.
UNIX®is a trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/ Open Company Limited.
Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Wi-Fi Direct®is a trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
3
Table of Contents
1 Safety ........................................................................................................................................11
Notices and Safety................................................................................................................. 12
Electrical Safety ..................................................................................................................... 13
General Guidelines ........................................................................................................... 13
Power Cord ...................................................................................................................... 13
Emergency Power Off....................................................................................................... 14
Telephone Line Cord......................................................................................................... 14
Operational Safety................................................................................................................. 15
Operational Guidelines..................................................................................................... 15
Ozone Release ................................................................................................................. 15
Printer Location ............................................................................................................... 15
Printer Supplies ................................................................................................................ 16
Maintenance Safety............................................................................................................... 17
Printer Symbols ...................................................................................................................... 18
Environmental, Health and Safety Contact Information ......................................................... 20
2 Getting Started........................................................................................................................21
Parts of the Printer................................................................................................................. 22
Front View ....................................................................................................................... 22
Duplex Automatic Document Feeder................................................................................ 23
Internal Parts................................................................................................................... 25
Rear View ........................................................................................................................ 26
Control Panel................................................................................................................... 27
Power Options........................................................................................................................ 29
Powering On the Printer or Exiting Low-Power or Sleep Mode ........................................... 29
Restarting, Placing in Sleep Mode, or Powering Off the Printer.......................................... 30
Accessing the Printer.............................................................................................................. 31
Logging In....................................................................................................................... 31
Smart Card ...................................................................................................................... 31
Introduction to Apps.............................................................................................................. 32
Information Pages ................................................................................................................. 33
Printing Information Pages .............................................................................................. 33
Configuration Report ....................................................................................................... 34
The Embedded Web Server .................................................................................................... 35
Accessing the Embedded Web Server ............................................................................... 35
Finding the IP Address of Your Printer .............................................................................. 35
Certificates for the Embedded Web Server ....................................................................... 36
Downloading the Configuration Report from the Embedded Web Server .......................... 36
Using the Remote Control Panel Feature .......................................................................... 37
Installation and Setup ........................................................................................................... 38
4Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Installation and Setup Overview ...................................................................................... 38
Selecting a Location for the Printer .................................................................................. 38
Connecting the Printer ........................................................................................................... 39
Selecting a Connection Method ....................................................................................... 39
Connecting to a Computer Using USB.............................................................................. 39
Connecting to a Wired Network ....................................................................................... 40
Connecting to a Wireless Network.................................................................................... 40
Connecting to a Telephone Line ....................................................................................... 47
Initial Printer Setup.......................................................................................................... 47
Configuring AirPrint ......................................................................................................... 48
Configuring Google Cloud Print ........................................................................................ 49
Installing the Software .......................................................................................................... 50
Operating System Requirements ...................................................................................... 50
Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows Network Printer ................................................ 50
Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows USB Printer ...................................................... 51
Installing the Drivers and Utilities for Macintosh OS X...................................................... 51
Installing Drivers and Utilities for UNIX and Linux............................................................ 54
Installing the Printer as a Web Service on Devices ............................................................ 54
More Information .................................................................................................................. 56
3 Customize and Personalize ...................................................................................................57
Customize and Personalize Overview ...................................................................................... 58
Customizing or Personalizing the Home Screen ...................................................................... 59
To hide or show an App on the Home screen .................................................................... 59
To rearrange Apps on the Home screen ............................................................................ 59
Customizing or Personalizing the Apps ................................................................................... 60
Customizing or Personalizing the Feature List ................................................................... 60
Customizing or Personalizing the Entry Screen.................................................................. 60
Saving Presets.................................................................................................................. 61
Removing App Customization using the Control Panel...................................................... 61
Customizing App Default Settings.................................................................................... 62
Removing Personalizations using the Embedded Web Server ............................................ 62
Creating and Using 1-Touch Apps .......................................................................................... 63
Creating a 1-Touch App ................................................................................................... 63
Creating a Personal 1-Touch App...................................................................................... 63
Deleting or Hiding a 1-Touch App..................................................................................... 64
Using a 1-Touch App........................................................................................................ 64
4 Xerox®Apps.............................................................................................................................67
Xerox®App Gallery ................................................................................................................ 68
Xerox®App Gallery Overview ........................................................................................... 68
Creating a Xerox®App Gallery Account............................................................................ 68
Logging into your Xerox®App Gallery Account................................................................. 69
Installing or Updating an App from the Xerox®App Gallery ............................................. 69
Device ................................................................................................................................... 71
Device Overview............................................................................................................... 71
Table of Contents
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
5
About .............................................................................................................................. 72
Supply Status................................................................................................................... 72
Billing and Usage Counters .............................................................................................. 73
Reset to Factory Defaults ................................................................................................. 74
Remote Services............................................................................................................... 74
Address Book ......................................................................................................................... 75
Address Book Overview .................................................................................................... 75
Editing the Address Book ................................................................................................. 75
Creating and Managing Favorites .................................................................................... 78
Jobs....................................................................................................................................... 83
Jobs Overview .................................................................................................................. 83
Managing Jobs ................................................................................................................ 83
Managing Special Job Types ............................................................................................ 84
Managing Jobs Using the Embedded Web Server............................................................. 87
Copy...................................................................................................................................... 88
Copy Overview ................................................................................................................. 88
Making a Copy................................................................................................................. 88
Copy Workflows ............................................................................................................... 90
ID Card Copy ......................................................................................................................... 97
ID Card Copy Overview .................................................................................................... 97
Copying an ID Card ......................................................................................................... 97
Email ..................................................................................................................................... 98
Email Overview ................................................................................................................ 98
Sending a Scanned Image in an Email ............................................................................. 98
Previewing and Building Jobs ......................................................................................... 100
Scan To................................................................................................................................ 102
Scan To Overview........................................................................................................... 102
Scanning to an Email Address ........................................................................................ 102
Scanning to a USB Flash Drive ....................................................................................... 103
Scanning to a User Home Folder .................................................................................... 104
Scan to Desktop............................................................................................................. 105
Scanning to an FTP or SFTP Server ................................................................................. 105
Scanning to a Shared Folder on a Network Computer..................................................... 106
Scanning Images into an Application on a Connected Computer ................................... 108
Scanning to a Desktop Computer Using a USB Cable Connection................................... 109
Previewing and Building Jobs ......................................................................................... 110
Fax ...................................................................................................................................... 112
Fax Overview ................................................................................................................. 112
Sending a Fax ................................................................................................................ 112
Fax Workflows................................................................................................................ 114
Server Fax ............................................................................................................................ 121
Server Fax Overview ....................................................................................................... 121
Sending a Server Fax...................................................................................................... 121
Sending a Delayed Server Fax ........................................................................................ 123
Previewing and Building Jobs ......................................................................................... 124
USB ..................................................................................................................................... 125
USB Overview ................................................................................................................ 125
Table of Contents
6Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing from a USB Flash Drive ..................................................................................... 125
Printing from a USB Flash Drive Already Inserted in the Printer ...................................... 126
@PrintByXerox ..................................................................................................................... 127
@PrintByXerox Overview ................................................................................................ 127
Printing with the @PrintByXerox App.............................................................................. 127
5 Printing................................................................................................................................... 129
Printing Overview................................................................................................................. 130
Selecting Printing Options .................................................................................................... 131
Print Driver Help............................................................................................................. 131
Windows Printing Options .............................................................................................. 131
Macintosh Printing Options............................................................................................ 133
UNIX and Linux Printing ................................................................................................ 133
Mobile Printing Options ................................................................................................. 135
Printing Features.................................................................................................................. 137
Managing Jobs .............................................................................................................. 137
Printing Special Job Types .............................................................................................. 138
Selecting Paper Options for Printing ............................................................................... 139
Scaling........................................................................................................................... 139
Printing on Both Sides of the Paper ................................................................................ 139
Print Quality................................................................................................................... 140
Image Options............................................................................................................... 140
Image Shift ................................................................................................................... 141
Color Adjustments ......................................................................................................... 141
Printing Mirror Images ................................................................................................... 142
Printing Multiple Pages to a Single Sheet ....................................................................... 142
Printing Booklets............................................................................................................ 142
Using Special Pages ....................................................................................................... 143
Printing Watermarks for Windows .................................................................................. 145
Orientation.................................................................................................................... 145
Printing Banner Pages.................................................................................................... 146
Selecting Job Completion Notification for Windows ....................................................... 146
Using Custom Paper Sizes .................................................................................................... 147
Printing on Custom Paper Sizes ...................................................................................... 147
Defining Custom Paper Sizes.......................................................................................... 147
6 Paper and Media ................................................................................................................. 149
Supported Paper.................................................................................................................. 150
Recommended Media .................................................................................................... 150
Ordering Paper............................................................................................................... 150
General Paper Loading Guidelines.................................................................................. 150
Paper That Can Damage Your Printer............................................................................. 150
Paper Storage Guidelines ............................................................................................... 151
Supported Paper Types and Weights .............................................................................. 152
Supported Standard Paper Sizes..................................................................................... 152
Supported Standard Paper Sizes for Automatic 2-Sided Printing ..................................... 153
Supported Paper Types and Weights for Automatic 2-Sided Printing............................... 153
Table of Contents
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
7
Supported Custom Paper Sizes ....................................................................................... 154
Cardstock....................................................................................................................... 154
Loading Paper...................................................................................................................... 155
Changing Paper Settings................................................................................................ 155
Loading Paper in Trays 1 and 2 ...................................................................................... 155
Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray................................................................................... 158
Configuring Trays 1 or 2 for the Paper Length ................................................................ 161
Printing on Special Paper ..................................................................................................... 162
Envelopes ...................................................................................................................... 162
Labels ............................................................................................................................ 166
7 Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 169
General Precautions ............................................................................................................. 170
Cleaning the Printer ............................................................................................................. 171
Cleaning the Exterior ..................................................................................................... 171
Cleaning the Interior...................................................................................................... 173
Adjustments and Maintenance Procedures........................................................................... 184
Color Registration .......................................................................................................... 184
Performing a Color Calibration ....................................................................................... 184
Performing the Scan Color Consistency Procedure .......................................................... 185
Adjusting Paper Registration .......................................................................................... 185
Supplies............................................................................................................................... 188
Consumables ................................................................................................................. 188
Routine Maintenance Items........................................................................................... 188
Ordering Supplies........................................................................................................... 188
Toner Cartridges ............................................................................................................ 189
Recycling Supplies.......................................................................................................... 190
Managing the Printer........................................................................................................... 191
Viewing the Meter Reading............................................................................................ 191
Printing the Billing Summary Report............................................................................... 191
Moving the Printer ............................................................................................................... 192
8 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................... 195
General Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................... 196
Printer Does Not Power On............................................................................................. 196
Printer Resets or Powers Off Frequently .......................................................................... 196
Printer Does Not Print .................................................................................................... 197
Printing Takes Too Long ................................................................................................. 198
Document Prints from Wrong Tray ................................................................................. 199
Automatic 2-Sided Printing Problems ............................................................................. 199
Printer is Making Unusual Noises ................................................................................... 200
Paper Tray Will Not Close............................................................................................... 200
Condensation has Formed Inside the Printer .................................................................. 200
Paper Jams.......................................................................................................................... 201
Locating Paper Jams ...................................................................................................... 201
Minimizing Paper Jams .................................................................................................. 201
Table of Contents
8Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Clearing Paper Jams ...................................................................................................... 203
Troubleshooting Paper Jams .......................................................................................... 213
Print-Quality Problems.......................................................................................................... 216
Controlling Print Quality................................................................................................. 216
Paper and Media............................................................................................................ 216
Solving Print-Quality Problems ....................................................................................... 217
Copy and Scan Problems...................................................................................................... 223
Fax Problems ....................................................................................................................... 224
Problems Sending Faxes................................................................................................. 224
Problems Receiving Faxes............................................................................................... 225
Getting Help........................................................................................................................ 226
Viewing Warning Messages on the Control Panel ........................................................... 226
Viewing Current Errors on the Control Panel ................................................................... 226
Using the Integrated Troubleshooting Tools................................................................... 226
Online Support Assistant................................................................................................ 226
Information Pages ......................................................................................................... 226
More Information about Your Printer ............................................................................. 227
A Specifications........................................................................................................................ 229
Printer Configurations and Options ...................................................................................... 230
Available Configurations ................................................................................................ 230
Standard Features.......................................................................................................... 230
Options and Upgrades ................................................................................................... 231
Physical Specifications ......................................................................................................... 232
Weights and Dimensions................................................................................................ 232
Total Space Requirements.............................................................................................. 233
Clearance Requirements ................................................................................................ 234
Environmental Specifications ............................................................................................... 236
Temperature.................................................................................................................. 236
Relative Humidity .......................................................................................................... 236
Elevation ....................................................................................................................... 236
Electrical Specifications........................................................................................................ 237
Power Supply Voltage and Frequency............................................................................. 237
Power Consumption ....................................................................................................... 237
Recycling Supplies.......................................................................................................... 237
Performance Specifications .................................................................................................. 238
Print Speed .................................................................................................................... 238
B Regulatory Information...................................................................................................... 239
Basic Regulations................................................................................................................. 240
United States FCC Regulations....................................................................................... 240
Canada.......................................................................................................................... 240
Certifications in Europe.................................................................................................. 240
European Union Lot 4 Imaging Equipment Agreement Environmental
Information................................................................................................................... 241
Germany........................................................................................................................ 243
Table of Contents
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
9
Turkey RoHS Regulation ................................................................................................. 244
Eurasian Economic Community Certification .................................................................. 244
Regulatory Information for 2.4-GHz and 5-GHz Wireless Network Adapters .................... 244
Ozone Release ............................................................................................................... 244
Copy Regulations ................................................................................................................. 245
United States................................................................................................................. 245
Canada.......................................................................................................................... 246
Other Countries.............................................................................................................. 247
Fax Regulations.................................................................................................................... 248
United States................................................................................................................. 248
Canada.......................................................................................................................... 249
European Union............................................................................................................. 250
New Zealand ................................................................................................................. 251
South Africa................................................................................................................... 251
Safety Certification.............................................................................................................. 252
Material Safety Data Sheets ................................................................................................ 253
C Recycling and Disposal....................................................................................................... 255
All Countries ........................................................................................................................ 256
North America ..................................................................................................................... 257
European Union................................................................................................................... 258
Domestic/Household Environment ................................................................................. 258
Professional/Business Environment................................................................................. 258
Collection and Disposal of Equipment and Batteries....................................................... 259
Battery Symbol Note...................................................................................................... 259
Battery Removal ............................................................................................................ 259
Other Countries.................................................................................................................... 260
D Apps Features....................................................................................................................... 261
Table of Contents
10 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Table of Contents
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
11
1
Safety
This chapter contains:
• Notices and Safety..................................................................................................................... 12
• Electrical Safety ......................................................................................................................... 13
• Operational Safety..................................................................................................................... 15
• Maintenance Safety................................................................................................................... 17
• Printer Symbols .......................................................................................................................... 18
• Environmental, Health and Safety Contact Information ............................................................. 20
Your printer and the recommended supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety
requirements. Attention to the following information ensures the continued safe operation of your
Xerox printer.
Notices and Safety
Read the following instructions carefully before operating your printer. Refer to these instructions to
ensure the continued safe operation of your printer.
Your Xerox®printer and supplies are designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These
include safety agency evaluation and certification, and compliance with electromagnetic regulations
and established environmental standards.
The safety and environment testing and performance of this product have been verified using Xerox®
materials only.
Note: Unauthorized alterations, which can include the addition of new functions or connection
of external devices, can affect the product certification. For more information, contact your
Xerox representative.
12 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Safety
Electrical Safety
GGeenneerraall GGuuiiddeelliinneess
WARNING:
• Do not push objects into slots or openings on the printer. Touching a voltage point or
shorting out a part could result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws unless you are installing
optional equipment and are instructed to do so. Power off the printer when performing
these installations. Disconnect the power cord when removing covers and guards for
installing optional equipment. Except for user-installable options, there are no parts that
you can maintain or service behind these covers.
The following are hazards to your safety:
• The power cord is damaged or frayed.
• Liquid is spilled into the printer.
• The printer is exposed to water.
• The printer emits smoke, or the surface is unusually hot.
• The printer emits unusual noise or odors.
• The printer causes a circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device to activate.
If any of these conditions occur, do the following:
1. Power off the printer immediately.
2. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.
3. Call an authorized service representative.
PPoowweerr CCoorrdd
Use the power cord supplied with your printer.
• Plug the power cord directly into a properly grounded electrical outlet. Ensure that each end of the
cord is connected securely. If you do not know if an outlet is grounded, ask an electrician to check
the outlet.
WARNING: To avoid risk of fire or electrical shock, do not use extension cords, power
strips, or power plugs for more than 90 days. When a permanent outlet receptacle
cannot be installed, use only one factory-assembled extension cord of the appropriate
gauge for each printer or multifunction printer. Always adhere to national and local
building, fire, and electrical codes regarding length of cord, conductor size, grounding,
and protection.
• Do not use a ground adapter plug to connect the printer to an electrical outlet that does not have
a ground connection terminal.
• Verify that the printer is plugged into an outlet that is providing the correct voltage and power.
Review the electrical specification of the printer with an electrician if necessary.
• Do not place the printer in an area where people can step on the power cord.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
13
Safety
• Do not place objects on the power cord.
• Do not plug or unplug the power cord while the power switch is in the On position.
• If the power cord becomes frayed or worn, replace it.
• To avoid electrical shock and damage to the cord, grasp the plug when unplugging the power
cord.
The power cord is attached to the printer as a plug-in device on the back of the printer. If it is
necessary to disconnect all electrical power from the printer, disconnect the power cord from the
electrical outlet.
EEmmeerrggeennccyy PPoowweerr OOffff
If any of the following conditions occur, power off the printer immediately and disconnect the power
cord from the electrical outlet. Contact an authorized Xerox service representative to correct the
problem if:
• The equipment emits unusual odors or makes unusual noises.
• The power cable is damaged or frayed.
• A wall panel circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device has been tripped.
• Liquid is spilled into the printer.
• The printer is exposed to water.
• Any part of the printer is damaged.
TTeelleepphhoonnee LLiinnee CCoorrdd
WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) or larger
telecommunication line cord.
14 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Safety
Operational Safety
Your printer and supplies were designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These include
safety agency examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental standards.
Your attention to the following safety guidelines helps to ensure the continued, safe operation of your
printer.
OOppeerraattiioonnaall GGuuiiddeelliinneess
• Do not remove any trays when the printer is printing.
• Do not open the doors when the printer is printing.
• Do not move the printer when it is printing.
• Keep hands, hair, neckties, and so on, away from the exit and feed rollers.
• Covers, which require tools for removal, protect the hazard areas within the printer. Do not remove
the protective covers.
• Do not override any electrical or mechanical interlock devices.
• Do not attempt to remove paper that is jammed deeply inside the printer. Switch off the printer
promptly and contact your local Xerox representative.
WARNING:
• The metallic surfaces in the fuser area are hot. Always use caution when removing paper
jams from this area and avoid touching any metallic surfaces.
• To avoid a tip hazard, do not push or move the device with all the paper trays extended.
OOzzoonnee RReelleeaassee
This printer produces ozone during normal operation. The amount of ozone produced is dependent on
copy volume. Ozone is heavier than air and is not produced in amounts large enough to harm anyone.
Install the printer in a well-ventilated room.
For more information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/environment. In other
markets, please contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.
PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn
• Place the printer on a level, solid, non-vibrating surface with adequate strength to hold its weight.
To find the weight for your printer configuration, refer to Physical Specifications.
• Do not block or cover the slots or openings on the printer. These openings are provided for
ventilation and to prevent overheating of the printer.
• Place the printer in an area where there is adequate space for operation and servicing.
• Place the printer in a dust-free area.
• Do not store or operate the printer in an extremely hot, cold, or humid environment.
• Do not place the printer near a heat source.
• Do not place the printer in direct sunlight to avoid exposure to light-sensitive components.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
15
Safety
• Do not place the printer where it is directly exposed to the cold air flow from an air conditioning
system.
• Do not place the printer in locations susceptible to vibrations.
• For optimum performance, use the printer at the elevations specified in Elevation.
PPrriinntteerr SSuupppplliieess
• Use the supplies designed for your printer. The use of unsuitable materials can cause poor
performance and a possible safety hazard.
• Follow all warnings and instructions marked on, or supplied with, the product, options, and
supplies.
• Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.
• Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.
• Never throw toner, toner cartridges, drum cartridges, or waste cartridges into an open flame.
• When handling cartridges, for example toner and such, avoid skin or eye contact. Eye contact can
cause irritation and inflammation. Do not attempt to disassemble the cartridge, which can
increase the risk of skin or eye contact.
Caution: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. The Xerox Warranty, Service
Agreement, and Total Satisfaction Guarantee do not cover damage, malfunction, or
degradation of performance caused by use of non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox supplies
not specified for this printer. The Total Satisfaction Guarantee is available in the United States
and Canada. Coverage could vary outside these areas. Please contact your Xerox representative
for details.
16 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Safety
Maintenance Safety
• Do not attempt any maintenance procedure that is not specifically described in the
documentation supplied with your printer.
• Clean with a dry lint-free cloth only.
• Do not burn any consumables or routine maintenance items. For information on Xerox®supplies
recycling programs, go to www.xerox.com/recycling.
WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can cause explosions or fires when
used on electromechanical equipment.
When installing the device in a hallway or similar restricted area, additional space requirements can
apply. Ensure that you comply with all workspace safety regulations, building codes, and fire codes for
your area.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
17
Safety
Printer Symbols
Symbol Description
Warning:
Indicates a serious hazard that can result in death or
serious injury if not avoided.
Hot Warning:
Hot surface on or in the printer. Use caution to avoid
personal injury.
Warning: Moving parts. To avoid personal injury, use
caution.
Caution:
Indicates a mandatory action to take in order to
avoid damage to the property.
Caution:
To avoid damage to the property, be careful not to
spill toner when handling the waste cartridge.
Do not touch the part or area of the printer.
Do not expose the drum cartridges to direct sunlight.
Do not burn the toner cartridges.
Do not burn the waste cartridge.
Do not burn the drum cartridges.
18 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Safety
Symbol Description
Do not use paper attached with staples or any form
of binding clip.
Do not use folded, creased, curled, or wrinkled paper.
Do not use inkjet paper.
Do not use transparencies or overhead projector
sheets.
Do not reload paper previously printed on or used.
Do not copy money, revenue stamps, or postage
stamps.
For details about all the printer symbols that appear on your printer, refer to the Printer Symbols
guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
19
Safety
Environmental, Health and Safety Contact
Information
For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox product and
supplies, contact:
• United States and Canada: 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376)
• Europe: EHS-Europe@xerox.com
For product safety information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/environment.
For product safety information in Europe, go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.
20 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Safety
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
21
2
Getting Started
This chapter contains:
• Parts of the Printer ..................................................................................................................... 22
• Power Options............................................................................................................................ 29
• Accessing the Printer.................................................................................................................. 31
• Introduction to Apps.................................................................................................................. 32
• Information Pages ..................................................................................................................... 33
• The Embedded Web Server ........................................................................................................ 35
• Installation and Setup ............................................................................................................... 38
• Connecting the Printer ............................................................................................................... 39
• Installing the Software............................................................................................................... 50
• More Information ...................................................................................................................... 56
Parts of the Printer
FFrroonntt VViieeww
1. Tray 1
2. Bypass Tray
3. Front Door
4. USB Memory Port
5. Card Reader Bay
6. Control Panel
7. Single-Pass Duplex Automatic Document
Feeder
8. Output Tray
9. Right Side Door
10. Optional 550-Sheet Feeder (Tray 2)
22 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
DDooccuummeenntt FFeeeeddeerr GGuuiiddeelliinneess
The Duplex Automatic Document Feeder accommodates the following original-sized documents:
• Width: 140–216 mm (5.5–8.5 in.)
• Length: 140–356 mm (5.5–14 in.)
• Weight: 60–125 g/m2
Follow these guidelines when loading original documents into the duplex automatic document feeder:
• Load original documents face up so that the top of the document enters the feeder first.
• Place only loose sheets of undamaged paper in the duplex automatic document feeder.
• Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.
• Insert paper in the duplex automatic document feeder only when ink on the paper is dry.
• Do not load original documents above the MAX fill line.
DDooccuummeenntt GGllaassss GGuuiiddeelliinneess
The document glass accommodates original size documents up to 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.). Use
the document glass rather than the duplex automatic document feeder to copy or scan the following
types of original documents:
• Paper with paper clips or staples attached
• Paper with wrinkles, curls, folds, tears, or notches
• Coated or carbonless paper or items other than paper, such as cloth or metal
• Envelopes
• Books
24 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
RReeaarr VViieeww
1. Duplex Unit
2. Transfer Roller
3. Fuser
4. Power Connector
5. Rear Door
6. Left Side Cover
7. Phone Line Connector
8. Fax Line Connector
9. Wireless Network Adapter Port Cover
10. USB Port, Type B
11. Ethernet Port
12. FDI Connector
26 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
The control panel consists of a touch screen and buttons you press to control the functions available
on the printer. The control panel:
• Displays the current operating status of the printer.
• Provides access to print, copy, and scan features.
• Provides access to reference materials.
• Provides access to Tools and Setup menus.
• Prompts you to load paper, replace supplies, and clear jams.
• Displays errors and warnings.
• Provides the Power/Wake button used for powering on or off the printer. This button also supports
the power-saver modes, and blinks to indicate the power status of the printer.
Item Name Description
1 NFC Area Near Field Communication (NFC), is a technology that
enables devices to communicate when they are within 10 cm
(4 in.) of each other. Use the NFC area to obtain a network
interface or to establish a TCP/IP connection between your
device and the printer.
2 Touch Screen Display The screen displays information and provides access to printer
functions.
3 Home Button This button provides access to the Home menu for access to
printer features, such as copy, scan, and fax.
4 Power/Wake This button serves several power-related functions.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
27
Getting Started
Item Name Description
When the printer is powered off, this button powers on the
printer.
• When the printer is powered on, pressing this button
displays a menu on the control panel. From this menu, you
can choose to enter Sleep mode, restart, or power off the
printer.
• When the printer is powered on, but in a low-power mode
or Sleep mode, pressing this button wakes the printer.
• When the printer is powered on, holding this button for 10-
seconds turns off the printer.
This button also blinks to indicate the power status of the
printer.
• When the light blinks slowly, the printer is in low-power
mode or Sleep mode.
• When the light blinks rapidly, the printer is powering down,
or exiting a low-power mode.
5 Status LED This light blinks blue or amber to indicate printer status.
Blue
• Blinks blue once to acknowledge a successful
Authentication request.
• Blinks blue once slowly for a copy or print job initiated at
the control panel.
• Blinks blue twice slowly for fax or print job received from
the network.
• Blinks blue rapidly while the printer is powering up, or to
signal detection of a Wi-Fi Direct connection request.
Amber
• Blinks amber to indicate an error condition or warning that
requires your attention. For example, an out of toner
condition, a paper jam, or out of paper for the current job.
• It also blinks amber to indicate a system error, which
typically is associated with an error code.
6 Notification Banner Notifications and messages are displayed in a pop-up banner
below the apps area. To view the full notification, touch the
down arrow. After you have reviewed the information, touch X
to close.
7 Pause Button When a job is being scanned or processed, a Pause icon
appears in the notification banner area. To pause the current
job, touch the Pause icon. The job pauses with the option to
resume or delete the job.
28 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
Power Options
The Power/Wake button is a single multifunction button on the control panel.
• The Power/Wake button powers on the printer.
• If the printer is already powered on, the Power/Wake button can be used to:
– Restart the printer
– Enter or exit Sleep mode
– Enter or exit Low-Power mode
• The Power/Wake button also flashes when the printer is in low-power mode.
PPoowweerriinngg OOnn tthhee PPrriinntteerr oorr EExxiittiinngg LLooww--PPoowweerr oorr
SSlleeeepp MMooddee
To power on the printer, or to exit Low-Power mode or Sleep mode, press the Power/Wake button.
Note:
• The Power/Wake button is the only power button on the printer.
• The printer exits Low-Power mode or Sleep mode automatically when it receives data from
a connected device.
• When in Low-Power mode, or Sleep mode, the touch screen is powered off and
unresponsive. To wake the printer manually, press the Power/Wake button.
Caution: Do not plug or unplug the power cord while the printer is powered on.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
29
Getting Started
RReessttaarrttiinngg,, PPllaacciinngg iinn SSlleeeepp MMooddee,, oorr PPoowweerriinngg OOffff
tthhee PPrriinntteerr
At the printer control panel, press the Power/Wake button.
1. To restart the printer, place the printer in Sleep Mode, or power off the printer.
2. Select an option.
• To restart the printer, touch Restart.
• To place the printer in Sleep Mode, touch Sleep.
In Sleep Mode, the touch screen goes dark and the Power/Wake button flashes.
• To power off the printer, touch Power Off.
• If the printer does not respond to a single press of the Power/Wake button, then press and
hold the button for 5 seconds. A Please Wait message appears as the printer powers down.
After 10 seconds, the touch screen goes dark and the Power/Wake button flashes until the
printer powers down.
Caution: Do not unplug the power cord while the printer powers down.
30 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
Accessing the Printer
LLooggggiinngg IInn
Logging in is the process by which you identify yourself to the printer for authentication. If
authentication is set, to access printer features, you log in with your user credentials.
LLooggggiinngg IInn aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Log In.
3. Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Enter.
4. If prompted, enter the password, then touch Enter.
Note: For more information on logging in as system administrator, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
5. Touch OK.
Note: To access each password-protected service, enter the User Name and password.
SSmmaarrtt CCaarrdd
When a Common Access Card system is installed on your Xerox device, access to the printer requires
the use of a Smart Card. There are several models of card readers that are compatible with your
device. To access the printer, insert the pre-programmed identification card into the reader, or place
your card on the reader. If extra security credentials are required, enter the login information at the
control panel.
For more information about configuring a Common Access Card system on your device, refer to the
Xerox®VersaLink®Common Access Card System Configuration Guide at www.xerox.com/office/
VLC405docs.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
31
Getting Started
Introduction to Apps
Xerox Apps are a gateway to the features and functions of your device. Standard Apps are already
installed on the device and appear on the Home screen. Some Apps are installed as standard, but
hidden the first time you use the device.
When you log in, the Apps configured for your personal account appear on the control panel.
You can download more Apps for your device from the Xerox®App Gallery. For more information,
refer to Xerox®App Gallery.
32 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
Information Pages
Your printer has a set of Information Pages that you can print. These pages include configuration and
font information, demonstration pages, and more.
The following Information Pages are available:
Name Description
Configuration Report The Configuration Report provides printer information including
installed options, network settings, port setup, tray information,
and more.
Billing Summary Report The Billing Summary Report provides information about the
device and a detailed listing of the billing meters and sheet
counts.
Supplies Usage Report The Supplies Usage Report provides coverage information and
part numbers for reordering supplies.
PostScript Font List The PostScript Font List provides a printout of all PostScript fonts
that are available on the printer.
PCL Font List The PCL Font List provides a printout of all PCL fonts that are
available on the printer.
Demonstration Print Demonstration Print provides a demonstration of the current
print-quality settings.
Startup Page The Startup Page provides basic printer configuration and
network information.
Job History Report The Job History Report provides retained information on
previous print jobs, including the date, time, job type, document
name, output color, paper size, number of pages, and results.
The status of a maximum of 20 jobs prints on the Job History
Report.
PPrriinnttiinngg IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn PPaaggeess
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→About→Information Pages.
3. To print an information page, touch the needed page.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
33
Getting Started
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn RReeppoorrtt
The Configuration Report provides product information including installed options, network settings,
port setup, tray information, and more.
PPrriinnttiinngg tthhee CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn RReeppoorrtt
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→About→Information Pages.
3. Touch Configuration Report.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
34 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
The Embedded Web Server
The Embedded Web Server is the administration and configuration software that is installed in the
printer. It allows you to configure and administer the printer from a Web browser.
The Embedded Web Server requires:
• A TCP/IP connection between the printer and the network in Windows, Macintosh, UNIX, or Linux
environments.
• TCP/IP and HTTP enabled in the printer.
• A network-connected computer with a Web browser that supports JavaScript.
AAcccceessssiinngg tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then
press Enter or Return.
FFiinnddiinngg tthhee IIPP AAddddrreessss ooff YYoouurr PPrriinntteerr
To install the print driver for a network-connected printer, it is often necessary to know the IP address
of your printer. Also, the IP address is used to access the settings of your printer through the
Embedded Web Server. You can view the IP address of your printer on the control panel or on the
Configuration Report.
Note: To view the TCP/IP address on the control panel, wait until the printer has been on for 2
minutes. If the TCP/IP address is 0.0.0.0, or begins with 169, it indicates a network connectivity
issue. However, if Wi-Fi is set as the primary Ethernet connection, 0.0.0.0 is displayed as the IP
address for the printer.
VViieewwiinngg tthhee IIPP PPrriinntteerr AAddddrreessss oonn tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
To view the IP address of the printer on the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→About.
3. Record the IP address from the display.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
OObbttaaiinniinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr IIPP AAddddrreessss ffrroomm tthhee CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn RReeppoorrtt
To obtain the printer IP address from the Configuration Report:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→About→Information Pages.
3. Touch Configuration Report.
The IP address appears in the Connectivity section of the Configuration Report for IPv4 or IPv6.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
35
Getting Started
CCeerrttiiffiiccaatteess ffoorr tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
Your device includes a self-signed HTTPS certificate. The device generates the certificate
automatically during device installation. The HTTPS certificate is used to encrypt communications
between your computer and the Xerox device.
Note:
• The Embedded Web Server page for your Xerox device can display an error message that
the security certificate is not trusted. This configuration does not lessen the security of the
communications between your computer and the Xerox device.
• To eliminate the connection warning in your Web browser, you can replace the self-signed
certificate with a signed certificate from a Certificate Authority. For information on
obtaining a certificate from a Certificate Authority, contact your Internet Service Provider.
For information on obtaining, installing, and enabling certificates, refer to the System Administrator
Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
DDoowwnnllooaaddiinngg tthhee CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn RReeppoorrtt ffrroomm tthhee
EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
From the Embedded Web Server, you can download and save a copy of the Configuration Report to
your computer hard drive. Use Configuration Reports from multiple devices to compare software
versions, configurations, and compliance information.
To download a copy of the Configuration Report from the Embedded Web Server:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
Note: For details about obtaining the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP
Address of Your Printer.
2. To download the Configuration Report scroll to the bottom of the page, then, in the Quick Links
section, click Download Configuration Report.
Note: If this feature does not appear, log in as a system administrator.
The document is saved automatically as an XML file in the default download location on your
computer hard drive. To open the Configuration Report, use an XML viewer.
36 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
UUssiinngg tthhee RReemmoottee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell FFeeaattuurree
The Remote Control Panel feature in the Embedded Web Server allows you to access the printer
control panel remotely from a Web browser.
Note: To access the Remote Control Panel, first enable the feature. For details, contact your
system administrator or refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/
VLC405docs.
To access the Remote Control Panel feature:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
Note: For details about obtaining the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP
Address of Your Printer.
2. In the Quick Links area, click Remote Control Panel.
Note: If the Remote Control Panel option is not displayed or fails to load, contact your
system administrator.
3. To restrict other users from accessing the device control panel when you are connected remotely
to the device, click the Lock Device Control Panel option.
Note: If a local user attempts to access the control panel while the device control panel is
locked, the control panel does not respond. A message appears on the control panel,
confirming that the control panel is locked and the device is being controlled remotely.
4. To enable remote access to the device control panel, click Request Session. The remote control
panel sends a request to the local control panel.
• If the local control panel is inactive, the remote control panel session is activated
automatically.
• If a local user is active on the device, a Remote Session Request message appears on the local
control panel. The local user chooses to accept or deny the request. If the request is accepted,
the remote control panel session is activated. If the request is denied, a Request Denied
message appears in the Embedded Web Server.
Note: If the system administrator requests a remote session, if the request is denied, an
option to override the local session is displayed.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
37
Getting Started
Installation and Setup
For reference:
•Installation Guide packaged with your printer
• Online Support Assistant at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs
IInnssttaallllaattiioonn aanndd SSeettuupp OOvveerrvviieeww
Before you print, ensure that your computer and the printer are plugged in, powered on, and
connected. Configure the initial settings of the printer, then install the print driver software and
utilities on your computer.
You can connect to your printer directly from your computer using USB, or connect to a network using
an Ethernet cable or wireless connection. Hardware and cabling requirements vary for the different
connection methods. Routers, network hubs and switches, modems, Ethernet cables, and USB cables
are not included with your printer and must be purchased separately. Xerox recommends an Ethernet
connection because it is typically faster than a USB connection, and it provides access to the
Embedded Web Server.
For more information, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
SSeelleeccttiinngg aa LLooccaattiioonn ffoorr tthhee PPrriinntteerr
1. Select a dust-free area with temperatures from 10–32°C (50–90°F), and relative humidity 10–
85%.
Note: Sudden temperature fluctuations can affect print quality. Rapid heating of a cold
room can cause condensation inside the printer, directly interfering with image transfer.
2. Place the printer on a level, solid, non-vibrating surface with adequate strength to hold the weight
of the printer. The printer must be horizontal with all four feet in solid contact with the surface.
To find the weight for your printer configuration, refer to Weights and Dimensions.
3. Select a location with adequate clearance to access supplies and to provide proper ventilation.
To find the clearance requirements for your printer, refer to Total Space Requirements.
4. After positioning the printer, you are ready to connect it to the power source and computer or
network.
38 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
Connecting the Printer
SSeelleeccttiinngg aa CCoonnnneeccttiioonn MMeetthhoodd
You can connect the printer to your computer using a USB cable, Ethernet cable, or wireless
connection. The method that you select depends on how your computer is connected to the network.
A USB connection is a direct connection and is the easiest to set up. An Ethernet connection is used
to connect to a network. If you are using a network connection, it is important to understand how
your computer is connected to the network.
Note: Hardware and cabling requirements vary for the different connection methods. Routers,
network hubs, network switches, modems, Ethernet cables, and USB cables are not included
with your printer and must be purchased separately.
USB
If you connect the printer to one computer and do not have a network, use a USB connection. A
USB connection offers fast data speeds, but typically not as fast as a network connection.
Note: To access the Embedded Web Server, a network connection is required.
Network
If your computer is connected to an office network or home network, use an Ethernet cable to
connect the printer to the network. You cannot connect the printer directly to the computer via
Ethernet. A connection through a router or network switch is required. An Ethernet network can be
used for one or more computers and supports many printers and systems simultaneously. An
Ethernet connection is typically faster than USB and allows you direct access to the settings of the
printer using the Embedded Web Server.
Wireless Network
If your environment includes a wireless router or wireless access point, you can connect the printer
to the network with a wireless connection. A wireless network connection provides the same access
and services as a wired connection. A wireless network connection is typically faster than USB and
allows direct access to the settings of the printer using the Embedded Web Server.
Telephone
To send and receive faxes, the multifunction printer must be connected to a dedicated telephone
line.
CCoonnnneeccttiinngg ttoo aa CCoommppuutteerr UUssiinngg UUSSBB
To connect using USB, you need one of these operating systems:
• Windows 7, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2008, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008 R2, and
Windows Server 2012.
• Macintosh OS X version 10.10 and later.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
39
Getting Started
• UNIX and Linux: Your printer supports connection to various UNIX platforms through the network
interface.
To connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable:
1. Connect the Bend of a standard A/B USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 cable to the USB Port on the back of the
printer.
2. Connect the Aend of the USB cable to the USB port on the computer.
3. If the Windows Found New Hardware Wizard appears, press Cancel.
4. Install the print driver.
CCoonnnneeccttiinngg ttoo aa WWiirreedd NNeettwwoorrkk
1. Ensure that the printer is powered off.
2. Attach a Category 5 or better Ethernet cable from the printer to the network or router socket. Use
an Ethernet switch or router, and two or more Ethernet cables. Connect the computer to the
switch or router with one cable, then connect the printer to the switch or router with the second
cable. Connect to any port on the switch or router except the uplink port.
3. Attach the power cord, then plug in the printer and power it on.
4. Set the network IP printer address, or set up the printer for automatic printer IP detection. For
more information, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/
VLC405support.
CCoonnnneeccttiinngg ttoo aa WWiirreelleessss NNeettwwoorrkk
A wireless local area network (WLAN) provides the means to connect 2 or more devices in a LAN
without a physical connection. The printer can connect to a wireless LAN that includes a wireless
router or wireless access point. Before connecting the printer to a wireless network, the wireless router
must be configured with a service set identifier (SSID) and any necessary credentials.
Note: Wireless networking is available only on printers with the optional Wireless Network
Adapter installed.
CCoonnffiigguurriinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr ffoorr aa WWiirreelleessss NNeettwwoorrkk
Note: Before you configure wireless network settings, install the Xerox®Wireless Network
Adapter Kit.
If you purchased and installed a Wireless Network Adapter Kit, you can connect the device to a
wireless network. If the device is connected to a wired network, you can configure wireless networking
at the device, or use the Embedded Web Server. For details on configuring wireless network settings,
refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
Note: After the Wireless Network Adapter is installed, remove it only as necessary. For
information on removing the adapter, refer to Removing the Wireless Network Adapter.
40 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
IInnssttaalllliinngg tthhee WWiirreelleessss NNeettwwoorrkk AAddaapptteerr
The optional wireless network adapter plugs in to the back of the control board. After the adapter is
installed, and wireless networking is enabled and configured, the adapter is able to connect to a
wireless network.
To install the Wireless Network Adapter:
1. Power off the printer.
2. To remove the Wireless Network Adapter Port Cover, press the latch to the left, then pull the cover
away from the printer.
3. Remove the packaging from the Wireless Network Adapter.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
41
Getting Started
4. To install the Wireless Network Adapter, follow the procedure defined on the instruction sheet
provided with the Wireless Network Adapter.
Caution: Pulling on the adapter can cause damage. After the adapter is installed, remove it
only as needed, and as directed in the Wireless Network Adapter removal instructions. For
details, refer to Removing the Wireless Network Adapter.
5. Power on the printer.
6. Configure the Wi-Fi Settings. For details about configuring the Wi-Fi settings, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
42 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
RReemmoovviinngg tthhee WWiirreelleessss NNeettwwoorrkk AAddaapptteerr
1. Power off the printer.
2. Loosen the bolt that secures the left-side cover.
3. To open the cover, slide it toward the rear of the printer, then away from the printer.
4. Reach into the printer and lift the release lever. Grasp the Wireless Network Adapter with your
other hand and carefully pull it away from the printer.
Caution: Do not use force to pull on the Wireless Network Adapter. If the latch is released
properly, the adapter pulls out easily. Pulling on a secured adapter can damage it.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
43
Getting Started
5. To reinstall the Wireless Network Adapter Port Cover, insert the tab into the small slot. Gently
press the port cover against the back of the printer until the cover latches into place.
6. Place the left-side cover into position, then slide it toward the front of the printer.
7. To tighten the cover, turn the bolt to the right.
44 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
8. Connect the printer to your computer with a USB cable or through the network using an Ethernet
cable.
9. Power on the printer.
Note: If the printer was installed previously in a wireless network environment, it could retain
setup and configuration information from that environment. To prevent the printer from
attempting to connect to the previous network, reset the wireless settings. For more
information, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
CCoonnnneeccttiinngg ttoo aa WWii--FFii NNeettwwoorrkk aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
To connect to a Wi-Fi network at the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Log in as administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/
office/VLC405docs.
3. Touch Device→Connectivity→Wi-Fi.
4. To enable the Wi-Fi feature, touch the enable toggle button.
5. To connect automatically to an existing Wi-Fi network:
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
45
Getting Started
a. In the list of available Wi-Fi networks, touch the required network.
Note: If the required Wi-Fi network is not listed, or if the required network uses WPS,
configure the connection manually. For details, refer to step 6.
b. If needed, to log in to the network, type the password.
c. To select a Wi-Fi frequency band, touch Wi-Fi Band, then select an option.
Note: The Wi-Fi frequency band is set to AUTO by default.
d. Touch OK.
6. To connect manually to a Wi-Fi Network:
a. Touch Manual Setup.
b. In the first field, type a name for the Wi-Fi network, then touch Enter.
c. Touch Network Type, then select an option.
d. Touch Security, then select an option.
e. Touch Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS), then select an option.
Note: For a WPS setup with a Push Button Connection (PBC), select PBC.
f. Touch OK.
CCoonnffiigguurriinngg tthhee PPrriimmaarryy NNeettwwoorrkk aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
You can set the primary network connection type at the device control panel.
Note:
• A Primary Network setup is required only if the optional Wi-Fi network connection kit is
installed and enabled.
• By default, without a Wi-Fi network connection, the primary network is set to Ethernet.
When the kit is installed and enabled, the device acquires two network connections. One
network connection is primary, and the other network connection is secondary.
• The following features are available only over the primary network connection:
– IPsec
– SMTP
– SNTP
– WSD scan
– Scan to SFTP, Scan to SMB, Scan to Email
– LDAP
– UPnP discovery
– ThinPrint
– EIP Web Service
46 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
• If you remove the Wi-Fi network connection module, the primary network connection is set
to Ethernet.
To configure the primary network at the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Log in as administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/
office/VLC405docs.
3. Touch Device→Connectivity→Primary Network.
4. Select the appropriate network connection type for the device.
5. To apply the changes and restart the device, at the prompt, touch Restart Now.
CCoonnnneeccttiinngg ttoo WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt
You can connect to your printer from a Wi-Fi mobile device, such as a tablet, computer, or
smartphone, using Wi-Fi Direct. Wi-Fi Direct is disabled by default.
Note: Wireless networking is available only on printers with the optional Wireless Network
Adapter installed.
To connect with Wi-Fi Direct, follow the directions provided with your mobile device.
Connecting with Wi-Fi Direct from Your Mobile Device
To connect with Wi-Fi Direct, follow the directions provided with your mobile device.
CCoonnnneeccttiinngg ttoo aa TTeelleepphhoonnee LLiinnee
WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) or larger
telecommunication line cord.
1. Ensure that the printer is powered off.
2. Connect a standard RJ11 cable, No. 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) or larger, to the Line port on
the back of the printer.
3. Connect the other end of the RJ11 cable to an operating telephone line.
4. Power on the printer.
5. Enable and configure the Fax functions.
IInniittiiaall PPrriinntteerr SSeettuupp
Before installing the printer software, verify that the printer is set up correctly. Setup includes
enabling the optional features and assigning an IP address for the Ethernet network connection. The
installation wizard starts automatically the first time the printer is powered on. The installation wizard
prompts the system administrator to configure the following settings:
• Language
• Network Connection
• Proxy Server Setup
• Date and Time
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
47
Getting Started
• Measurements
• LDAP Settings
• Apps Setup
• Security Settings
For more information on configuring the printer settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at
www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
CCoonnffiigguurriinngg AAiirrPPrriinntt
AirPrint is a software feature that allows you to print from wired or wireless Apple iOS-based mobile
devices and Mac OS-based devices without the need to install a print driver. AirPrint-enabled printers
allow you to print or fax directly from a Mac, an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. You can use AirPrint to
print from a wired device or a wireless device without using a print driver.
Note:
• Not all applications support AirPrint.
• Wireless devices must join the same wireless network as the printer.
• For AirPrint to function, both IPP and Bonjour®(mDNS) protocols must be enabled.
• The device that submits the AirPrint job must be on the same subnet as the printer. To allow
devices to print from different subnets, configure your network to pass multicast DNS traffic
across subnets.
• The Mac OS device must be Mac OS 10.7 or later.
• AirPrint-enabled printers work with all models of iPad, iPhone (3GS or later), and iPod touch
(3rd generation or later), running the latest version of iOS.
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
Note: If you do not know the IP address for your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of
Your Printer.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Home→Connectivity.
Note: If this feature does not appear, log in as a system administrator.
3. For Mobile Printing, click AirPrint.
4. To enable AirPrint click the Enable toggle button.
Note: AirPrint®is enabled by default when IPP and Bonjour®(mDNS) are both enabled.
• To change the printer name, in the Name field, enter a new name.
• To enter a location for the printer, in the Location field, enter the location of the printer.
• To enter a physical location or address for the printer, in the Geo-Location field, enter the
geographic latitude and longitude coordinates in decimal form. For example, use coordinates
such as 45.325026, -122.766831 for a location.
48 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
5. Click OK.
6. To activate your changes, at the prompt, click Restart Now.
CCoonnffiigguurriinngg GGooooggllee CClloouudd PPrriinntt
Google Cloud Print allows you to print documents that are stored in the cloud without using a print
driver.
Before you begin:
• Set up a Google email account.
• Configure the printer to use IPv4.
• Configure Proxy Server settings as needed.
To configure Google Cloud Print:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
Note: If you do not know the IP address for your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of
Your Printer.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Home→Connectivity.
3. For Mobile Printing, click Google Cloud Print.
4. To enable Google Cloud Print, click the Enable toggle button.
5. Click OK.
6. Restart the printer, then wait 2 minutes for the printer to connect.
7. Refresh your Web browser, then for Mobile Printing, click Google Cloud Print.
8. Click Printer Registration.
9. Click Register.
A printer registration page prints.
10. To register the printer, in your Web browser, type the URL provided, or use your mobile phone to
scan the barcode.
After the printer is registered, a confirmation status window appears.
11. To access the Google Cloud Print feature, in your Google account, click Manage Your Printer.
Note: The default printer name appears in this format: Model name (MAC address).
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
49
Getting Started
Installing the Software
Before installing driver software, verify that the printer is plugged in, powered on, connected correctly,
and has a valid IP address. The IP address usually appears in the upper, right corner of the control
panel. If you cannot find the IP address, see Finding the IP Address of Your Printer.
Note:
If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers from www.
xerox.com/office/VLC405drivers.
OOppeerraattiinngg SSyysstteemm RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss
• Windows 7, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2008, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008 R2, and
Windows Server 2012.
• Macintosh OS X version 10.10 and later.
• UNIX and Linux: Your printer supports connection to various UNIX platforms through the network
interface.
IInnssttaalllliinngg tthhee PPrriinntt DDrriivveerrss ffoorr aa WWiinnddoowwss NNeettwwoorrkk
PPrriinntteerr
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the
installer does not start automatically, navigate to the drive, and double-click the Setup.exe
installer file.
Note:
If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers from
www.xerox.com/office/VLC405drivers.
2. Select your printer model.
3. Click Install Drivers.
4. Select Install Print Driver,Install Scan Driver, or Install Print and Scan Drivers.
5. At the License Agreement, click I Agree.
6. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer.
Note: When installing drivers for a network printer, if your printer does not appear in the
list, click the IP Address or DNS Namebutton. In the IP Address or DNS Name field, type
the IP address of your printer, then click Search to locate and select your printer. If you do
not know the IP address of the printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of Your Printer.
7. Click Next.
8. If needed, you can name your printer by typing a name in the Queue Name field.
9. If installing a print driver, make a print driver selection.
10. If installing a scan driver, make a scan driver selection.
11. Click Install.
50 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
12. If needed, set the printer as the default printer.
Note: Before selecting Share Printer, contact your system administrator.
13. To complete the installation, click Finish, then click Close.
IInnssttaalllliinngg tthhee PPrriinntt DDrriivveerrss ffoorr aa WWiinnddoowwss UUSSBB PPrriinntteerr
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer.
Note:
If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers from
www.xerox.com/office/VLC405drivers.
If the installer does not start automatically, navigate to the drive, and double-click the Setup.exe
installer file.
2. Click Install Software.
3. At the License Agreement, select I Agree, then click Next.
4. To install the printer support software, select Software, then click Next.
5. In the Software and Documentation window, clear the check box for any unnecessary options.
6. Click Next.
7. To complete the installation, click Finish.
IInnssttaalllliinngg tthhee DDrriivveerrss aanndd UUttiilliittiieess ffoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh OOSS XX
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer.
2. Open Xerox®Print Drivers 3.xx.x.dmg/.pkg as needed for your printer.
3. To run Xerox®Print Drivers 3.xx.x.dmg/.pkg, double-click the appropriate file name.
4. When prompted, click Continue.
5. To accept the license agreement, click I Agree.
6. To accept the current installation location, click Install, or select another location for the
installation files, then click Install.
7. If prompted, enter your password, then click OK.
8. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click Next.
9. If your printer does not appear in the list of discovered printers:
a. Click the Network Printer Icon.
b. Type the IP address of your printer, then click Continue.
c. Select your printer in the list of discovered printers, then click Continue.
10. If your printer was not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet or
USB cable is connected properly.
11. To accept the print queue message, click OK.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
51
Getting Started
12. Select or clear the Set Printer as Default and Print a Test Page check boxes.
13. Click Continue, then click Close.
AAddddiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr
For networking, set up your printer using Bonjour®(Rendevous), or connect using the IP address of
your printer for an LPD/LPR connection. For a non-network printer, create a desktop USB connection.
Online Support Assistant at: www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support
To add the printer using Bonjour
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open System Preferences.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. Under the list of printers, click the plus button (+).
4. At the top of the window, click the Default icon.
5. Select your printer from the list, then click Add.
Note: If your printer was not detected, verify that the printer is on and that the Ethernet cable
is connected properly.
Adding the Printer by Specifying the IP Address
To add the printer by specifying the IP address:
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open System Preferences.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. Under the list of printers, click the Plus icon (+).
4. Click IP.
5. From the Protocol list, select the protocol.
6. In the Address field, enter the IP address of the printer.
7. In the Name field, enter a name for the printer.
8. From the Use list, choose Select a driver to use.
9. From the printer software list, select the print driver for your printer model.
10. Click Add.
IInnssttaalllliinngg SSccaann DDrriivveerrss ffoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.
2. To view the .dmg file for your printer, double-click the Disc icon on your desktop .
3. Open the Scan Installer.dmg file, then navigate to the appropriate installer file for your
operating system.
4. Open the Scan Installer package file.
52 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
5. To acknowledge the warning and introductory messages, click Continue.
6. To accept the license agreement, click Continue, then click Agree.
7. To accept the current installation location, click Install, or select another location for the
installation files, then click Install.
8. Enter your password, then click OK.
9. Select your printer then click Continue.
10. In the list of discovered printers, click Continue Installation.
11. To restart, click Log Out.
IInnssttaalllliinngg LLAANN FFaaxx DDrriivveerrss ffoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer.
2. To view the .dmg file for your printer, double-click the Disc icon on your desktop.
3. Open the LAN Fax Installer.dmg file, then navigate to the appropriate installer file for your
operating system.
4. Open the LAN Fax Installer package file.
5. To acknowledge the warning and introductory messages, click Continue.
6. To accept the license agreement, click Continue, then click Agree.
7. To accept the current installation location, click Install, or select another location for the
installation files, then click Install.
8. Enter your password, then click OK.
9. Select your printer in the list of discovered printers, then click Continue.
10. Click Continue Installation.
11. To finish, click Close.
12. To register your printer and software, complete the registration form.
AAddddiinngg aa LLAANN FFaaxx PPrriinntteerr ffoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh
After installing the LAN fax driver on a Macintosh computer, use Bonjour to set up your printer. You
can also add the printer using the IP Address of the printer for an LDP/LPR connection. For non-
network printers, create a desktop USB connection.
To add the printer using Bonjour
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open System Preferences.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. Under the list of printers, click the plus button (+).
4. At the top of the window, click the Default icon.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
53
Getting Started
5. Select your printer from the list, then click Add.
Note: If the printer is not detected, ensure that the printer is on and that the cable is
connected properly.
6. In the Print Using drop-down list, choose Select Printer Software.
7. In the printer software list, select the appropriate Xerox®LAN fax driver model, then click OK.
8. Click Add.
To add the printer by specifying the IP address
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open System Preferences.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. Under the list of printers, click the plus button (+).
4. Click IP.
5. From the Protocol drop-down menu, select the Protocol.
6. In the Address field, enter the IP address of the printer.
7. In the Name field, enter the name of the printer.
8. In the Print Using drop-down list, choose Select Printer Software.
9. In the printer software list, select the appropriate Xerox®LAN fax driver model, then click OK.
10. Click Add.
IInnssttaalllliinngg DDrriivveerrss aanndd UUttiilliittiieess ffoorr UUNNIIXX aanndd LLiinnuuxx
For more information on installing print drivers and utilities for UNIX and Linux, refer to UNIX and
Linux Printing.
IInnssttaalllliinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr aass aa WWeebb SSeerrvviiccee oonn DDeevviicceess
Web Services on Devices (WSD) allows a client to discover and access a remote device and its
associated services across a network. WSD supports device discovery, control, and use.
TToo iinnssttaallll aa WWSSDD pprriinntteerr uussiinngg tthhee AAdddd DDeevviiccee WWiizzaarrdd
1. At your computer, click Start, then select Devices and Printers.
2. To launch the Add Device Wizard, click Add a Device.
3. In the list of available devices, select the one you want to use, then click Next.
Note: If the printer you want to use does not appear in the list, click the Cancel button.
Add the WSD printer manually using the Add Printer Wizard.
4. Click Close.
54 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
TToo iinnssttaallll aa WWSSDD pprriinntteerr uussiinngg tthhee AAdddd PPrriinntteerr WWiizzaarrdd
1. At your computer, click Start, then select Devices and Printers.
2. To launch the Add Printer Wizard, click Add a Printer.
3. Click Add a network, wireless, or Bluetooth printer.
4. In the list of available devices, select the one you want to use, then click Next.
5. If the printer you want to use does not appear in the list, click The printer that I want is not
listed.
6. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname, then click Next.
7. From the Device type field, select Web Services Device.
8. Enter the printer IP address in the Hostname or IP address field, then click Next.
9. Click Close.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
55
Getting Started
More Information
You can obtain more information about your printer from these sources:
Resource Location
Installation Guide Packaged with the printer.
Other documentation for your printer www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs
Recommended Media List United States: www.xerox.com/rmlna
European Union: www.xerox.com/rmleu
Technical support information for your printer;
including online technical support, Online Support
Assistant, and print driver downloads.
www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support
Information Pages Print from the control panel. For details, refer to
Information Pages.
Order supplies for your printer www.xerox.com/supplies
Local sales and Technical Customer Support www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts
Printer registration www.xerox.com/register
Xerox®Direct online store www.direct.xerox.com/
56 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Getting Started
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
57
3
Customize and Personalize
This chapter contains:
• Customize and Personalize Overview .......................................................................................... 58
• Customizing or Personalizing the Home Screen........................................................................... 59
• Customizing or Personalizing the Apps ....................................................................................... 60
• Creating and Using 1-Touch Apps .............................................................................................. 63
Customize and Personalize Overview
This chapter provides information on how to customize and personalize your device to meet the
specific demands of your workflows.
You can customize your apps, hide, or show apps on the Home screen, and
rearrange the order to suit your job priorities. For each app, you can hide or
show individual features and configure default settings to meet the needs of
your workgroup. You can save job settings for repeated use.
Customization enables users to work more productively.
When individual user accounts are configured on the device, you can personalize
the device to meet specific user needs. You can configure your personal Home
page to hide or show only the apps you use. You can tailor each feature list to
your job requirements. You can specify default settings for each app, and save
settings for regular jobs.
You can create 1-Touch Apps to save and simplify lengthy or frequent workflows. Once
created, 1-Touch Apps appear on the Home screen. To start a job, touch the app.
Configure 1-Touch Apps for use by all users, individual user groups, or for personal use.
Personalization options ensure that the features and functions displayed meet individual
user needs, improving efficiency.
58 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Customize and Personalize
Customizing or Personalizing the Home Screen
TToo hhiiddee oorr sshhooww aann AApppp oonn tthhee HHoommee ssccrreeeenn
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Customize.
3. To display an installed, but hidden App:
a. Touch +.
b. Touch the App that you want to appear on the control panel.
c. Touch Done.
4. To hide an installed App:
a. For the desired App, touch X.
b. Touch Done.
5. Verify that only the desired Apps are displayed on the Home screen.
TToo rreeaarrrraannggee AAppppss oonn tthhee HHoommee ssccrreeeenn
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Customize.
3. Touch and hold the required App.
4. Drag the App to the new location.
5. Release the App.
6. Touch Done.
7. Verify that the Apps appear in the correct location on the Home screen.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
59
Customize and Personalize
Customizing or Personalizing the Apps
Customization enables you to modify the features available, delete a saved preset, or remove
customized settings applied to an app.
CCuussttoommiizziinngg oorr PPeerrssoonnaalliizziinngg tthhee FFeeaattuurree LLiisstt
To customize the Features list for an app:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the app required.
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize.
4. Touch Feature List.
Note: For logged-in administrators, a window appears that asks you to confirm if the
changes are for a Guest or for you.
5. Touch the particular option.
• To hide a feature, for the required feature, touch the Eye icon. To signify that the feature is
hidden, the Eye icon appears with a line across it.
• To show a feature, for the required feature, touch the Eye icon. To signify a feature is visible,
the Eye icon appears with no line across it.
6. To reorder the menu features, touch and drag the features into the appropriate order.
7. To save the current configuration, touch Done.
CCuussttoommiizziinngg oorr PPeerrssoonnaalliizziinngg tthhee EEnnttrryy SSccrreeeenn
The Entry Screen appears when the Fax, Email, USB or Scan To Apps are selected. The Entry Screen
provides options for entering recipient or destination details for a job. Use this procedure to choose
the options that to appear on the Entry Screen.
To customize the Entry Screen for an App:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the App required.
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize.
4. Touch Entry Screen.
5. Touch the needed options.
Note: For logged-in administrators, a window appears that asks you to confirm if the
changes are for a Guest or for you.
6. To save the current configuration, touch X.
60 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Customize and Personalize
SSaavviinngg PPrreesseettss
You can use this feature to save a particular combination of app settings for future jobs. You can save
the settings with a name and retrieve them for later use.
To save the current app settings:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the app required.
3. Select the job settings.
4. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Save.
5. Touch Save as New Preset.
6. Touch Enter Preset Name, then to enter a preset name, use the keypad.
7. Touch Next.
8. Select an icon that best suits the preset that you are creating.
9. Touch Done.
Note: The preset is stored within the Preset feature.
DDeelleettiinngg aa SSaavveedd PPrreesseett
To delete a saved preset:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the app required.
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize.
4. Touch Presets.
5. Touch the Trash icon that corresponds with the preset that you want to delete.
6. At the prompt, touch Delete.
7. Touch Done.
RReemmoovviinngg AApppp CCuussttoommiizzaattiioonn uussiinngg tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
To remove the current app customization settings:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the app required.
3. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize.
4. Touch Remove App Customization.
5. At the prompt, touch OK.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
61
Customize and Personalize
CCuussttoommiizziinngg AApppp DDeeffaauulltt SSeettttiinnggss
To customize the default settings for an app:
1. At the control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the app required.
3. Configure the required default settings.
4. Touch Save.
5. Touch Save Defaults. The new settings override the previous default settings.
RReemmoovviinngg PPeerrssoonnaalliizzaattiioonnss uussiinngg tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb
SSeerrvveerr
Note: Personalizations include your customized Home screen, Personal 1-Touch Apps, and
Personal Favorites. This procedure removes all personalizations from your User Account.
To remove all personalizations from your User Account:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Log In, then click on your user account. If required, enter your
password and click Log In.
3. To access your User Profile, click on your User Account name shown in the top right corner, then
click My Profile.
All personalizations you have configured for your User Account are displayed.
4. To remove all personalizations, click Reset. To confirm, click Reset.
All the personalizations configured for your User Account are removed.
5. To log out, click on your User Account name shown in the top right corner, then click Log Out.
62 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Customize and Personalize
Creating and Using 1-Touch Apps
Use 1-Touch Apps to create individual Apps for completing frequent jobs or tasks. After you create a
1-Touch App, the App appears on the printer control panel Home screen. To run the job, load the
original documents, then touch the 1-Touch App.
You can create 1-Touch Apps as Public or Personal Apps. Personal 1-Touch Apps only display on the
Home screen after login.
CCrreeaattiinngg aa 11--TToouucchh AApppp
To create a 1-Touch App:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch the App required.
3. Select the job settings.
4. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Save.
5. Touch Save as 1-Touch App.
6. Touch Enter App Name, then use the keypad to enter a name. Touch Next.
7. Touch a color scheme option for your 1-Touch App, then touch Next.
8. Touch an icon that best suits the 1-Touch App that you are creating, then touch Next.
9. Touch the option required.
•Review Before Start: Use this option to review the job settings in the 1-Touch App. For copy
jobs, you can change the copy quantity for each job.
•Start Immediately: Use this option to start the job without reviewing the settings.
10. Touch Next.
11. If you selected Review Before Start, select the options for displaying instructions and settings.
•Enter App Instructions: Use this option to provide instructions for using the 1-Touch App.
When the 1-Touch App is selected, the instructions appear at the top of the screen. To enter
instructions, use the keypad, then touch Next.
•Show Quantity: Use this option to allow users to view and update the quantity.
•Show Settings: Use this option to display a summary of the features programmed for the 1-
Touch App.
12. Touch Done.
The 1-Touch App appears on the Home screen.
CCrreeaattiinngg aa PPeerrssoonnaall 11--TToouucchh AApppp
To create a personal 1-Touch App:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Login, then enter a valid login name and password.
3. Touch the App required.
4. Select the job settings.
5. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Save.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
63
Customize and Personalize
6. Touch Save as 1-Touch App.
7. Touch Enter App Name, then use the keypad to enter a name. Touch Next.
8. Touch a color scheme option for your 1-Touch App, then touch Next.
9. Touch an icon that best suits the 1-Touch App that you are creating, then touch Next.
10. Touch the option required.
•Review Before Start: Use this option to review the job settings in the 1-Touch App. For copy
jobs, you can change the copy quantity for each job.
•Start Immediately: Use this option to start the job without reviewing the settings.
11. Touch Next.
12. If you selected Review Before Start, select options for displaying instructions and settings.
•Enter App Instructions: Use this option to provide instructions for using the 1-Touch App.
When the 1-Touch App is selected, the instructions appear at the top of the screen. To enter
instructions, use the keypad, then touch Next.
•Show Quantity: Use this option to allow users to view and update the quantity.
•Show Settings: Use this option to display a summary of the features programmed for the 1-
Touch App.
13. Touch Next.
14. Touch the option required.
•Personal (My Home Screen Only): Use this option to display the 1-Touch App on your Home
screen only when you are logged in to your user account.
•Public (Public Home Screen): Use this option to make the 1-Touch App accessible to all users.
15. Touch Done.
DDeelleettiinngg oorr HHiiddiinngg aa 11--TToouucchh AApppp
To delete or hide a 1-Touch App from the Home screen:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. If deleting or hiding a Personal 1-Touch App, touch Login, then enter a valid login name and
password.
3. Touch Customize.
4. For the required 1-Touch App, touch X, then touch an option.
•Delete: Use this option to delete the 1-Touch App from the printer permanently.
•Hide: Use this option to remove the 1-Touch App from the Home screen. The 1-Touch App is
still available, and you can add the App to the Home screen at any time.
5. Touch Done.
UUssiinngg aa 11--TToouucchh AApppp
To use a 1-Touch App:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. If you are using a personal 1-Touch App, touch Login, then enter a valid login name and
password.
3. Load your original documents.
64 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Customize and Personalize
4. Touch the 1-Touch App required.
5. Do one of the following.
• If the Review Before Start option was selected during 1-Touch App setup, review the settings.
If the quantity is displayed for Copy jobs, update the number of copies, as required. Touch
Start.
• If the Start Immediately option was selected during 1-Touch App setup, the device starts
automatically.
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
65
Customize and Personalize
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
67
4
Xerox®Apps
This chapter contains:
• Xerox®App Gallery .................................................................................................................... 68
• Device........................................................................................................................................ 71
• Address Book ............................................................................................................................. 75
• Jobs........................................................................................................................................... 83
• Copy.......................................................................................................................................... 88
• ID Card Copy ............................................................................................................................. 97
• Email ......................................................................................................................................... 98
• Scan To.................................................................................................................................... 102
• Fax........................................................................................................................................... 112
• Server Fax................................................................................................................................ 121
• USB ......................................................................................................................................... 125
• @PrintByXerox ......................................................................................................................... 127
Xerox®Apps are a gateway to the features and functions of your device. There are standard apps
already installed and displayed on the Homescreen. There are also apps that are installed as standard
but are hidden when your device is used for the first time.
For more information about customizing the Home screen and the apps features, refer to Customize
and Personalize.
A range of apps is available for download and installation from the Xerox®App Gallery. These include
Xerox®Extensible Interface Platform (EIP) Apps. EIP Apps enable you to install secure, signed apps on
compatible printers.
Xerox®App Gallery
XXeerrooxx®® AApppp GGaalllleerryy OOvveerrvviieeww
Use the Xerox®App Gallery to find apps that provide new features or
capabilities for your device. The Xerox®App Gallery provides direct access to
apps that can improve your productivity, simplify workflows, and enhance your
user experience.
The Xerox®App Gallery enables you to browse and update apps easily. You can browse through the
app library without logging in. The moving banner provides an active display of apps, or you can
scroll the full list of apps. To get more details on an app, touch the app name in the list.
To use the Xerox®App Gallery App, ensure that your device uses either the wireless or the wired
network connection.
Note: If a local server inside a firewall hosts your device and a proxy is enabled, set a proxy
exception at the device.
For more information and instructions on using the Xerox®App Gallery, refer to the Xerox®App
Gallery User Guide available at www.xerox.com/XeroxAppGallery.
CCrreeaattiinngg aa XXeerrooxx®® AApppp GGaalllleerryy AAccccoouunntt
With an App Gallery account, you have direct access to all the available Apps for your device. An App
Gallery account allows you to view and acquire Apps, install Apps on your device, and manage your
Apps and licenses.
You can set up an App Gallery account using the control panel or the Embedded Web Server. For
information about accessing the Embedded Web Server, refer to The Embedded Web Server.
Note: If you have an existing Xerox App Gallery Account, refer to Logging into your Xerox®App
Gallery Account.
To create an App Gallery account using the control panel:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox App Gallery.
3. Touch Request an Account.
4. Touch the Enter your email address. Enter a valid email address using the touch screen keypad,
then touch Enter.
5. Touch OK. A message is displayed stating completion instructions have been sent to the email
address entered.
6. Touch Close.
7. Access your email account for the email address that you provided to Xerox®App Gallery.
8. Open the Xerox®App Gallery Account Request email, then click the URL link for creating an
account.
9. Review and accept the Terms of Use. To continue creating an account, click the Agree button.
68 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
10. Enter the information required into the appropriate fields:
• User ID
• Password
• Confirm Password
• First and Last Name
• Company Name
• Address (Street, City, State/Province, Postal)
• Country
11. Click OK.
12. After the account is created, a confirmation message appears.
13. At the printer control panel, log in to your App Gallery Account.
LLooggggiinngg iinnttoo yyoouurr XXeerrooxx®® AApppp GGaalllleerryy AAccccoouunntt
When you are logged in to the App Gallery, you can browse available apps, and install and update
apps.
To log in to your App Gallery Account:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox®App Gallery.
3. Enter your User Name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
4. Enter your Password using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
5. Touch Log In. The Xerox®App Gallery appears.
IInnssttaalllliinngg oorr UUppddaattiinngg aann AApppp ffrroomm tthhee XXeerrooxx®® AApppp
GGaalllleerryy
Xerox®Apps add, extend, or customize the functionality of your device. You can use the Xerox®App
Gallery App to browse and install apps at your device control panel.
TToo iinnssttaallll aann AApppp ffrroomm tthhee AApppp GGaalllleerryy
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox App Gallery.
3. Enter your User Name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
4. Enter your Password using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
5. Touch Log In. The Xerox®App Gallery appears.
6. Touch the App required, then touch Install. The License Agreement screen appears.
Note: If the App was installed previously and a new version is available, the button is
labeled as Update.
7. Touch Agree. The installation process begins.
If the App does not successfully install, to attempt the installation process again, touch Install.
8. To exit the Xerox®App Gallery App, touch Exit.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
69
Xerox®Apps
TToo uuppddaattee aann AApppp ffrroomm tthhee AApppp GGaalllleerryy
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Xerox App Gallery.
3. Enter your User Name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
4. Enter your Password using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
5. Touch Log In. The Xerox®App Gallery appears.
6. Touch the App required, then touch Update. The License Agreement screen appears.
7. Touch Agree.
8. When the update is complete, the Update button is labeled as Installed.
9. To exit the Xerox®App Gallery App, touch Exit.
70 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
Device
DDeevviiccee OOvveerrvviieeww
The Device App gives you access to information about your printer, including
the serial number and model. You can view the status of the paper trays,
billing and supplies information, and print Information Pages.
You can configure many Device options to meet your individual needs. For details about configuring
all Device settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support.
DDeevviiccee OOppttiioonnss
The following Device options are available:
Option Description
Language Language allows you to set the language that appears on the control
panel.
About The About option provides an overview of your device and its current
settings and status. You can access Information Pages and reports using
this option.
Software Update Use this option to check for software updates and configure update
settings.
Notifications Use the Notifications option to see details of current alerts or faults on
the device. A History button displays fault codes and the date that the
fault occurred on the device.
Paper Trays Use the Paper Trays option to see the paper size, type, and color set for
each paper tray and the tray-capacity status.
Supplies Use the Supplies option to monitor the status of the components you can
replace. The supply level and estimated number of impressions or days
left for each unit is displayed.
Billing/Usage Use the Billing/Usage option to view the serial number and the total
number of impressions made by your device.
General Use the General option to customize settings such as the power-saver
modes, date and time, and control panel brightness. You can configure
the General settings using the device control panel, or by using the
Embedded Web Server.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
71
Xerox®Apps
Option Description
Apps Use Apps to select settings for the apps installed on your device.
Connectivity Use the Connectivity option to configure network settings at the control
panel, or join another wireless network.
Support Use this option to access and print the Support Pages to assist with
troubleshooting errors.
Resets Use the Resets option to reset device settings and font, forms, and macros
to the factory-default settings.
For details on configuring the printer settings, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405docs.
AAbboouutt
The About option provides an overview of your device and current settings and status. You can access
Information Pages and reports using this option.
SSuuppppllyy SSttaattuuss
You can check the status and percentage of life remaining for your printer supplies at the control
panel or from the Embedded Web Server. When printer supplies near their replacement time, warning
alerts appear on the control panel. You can customize the alerts that appear on the control panel and
configure email alert notifications.
To check the supplies status and set up alerts using the Embedded Web Server, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
CChheecckkiinngg tthhee SSuupppplliieess SSttaattuuss aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
1. To view status information for the printer supplies, touch Device→Supplies.
2. To view details about a specific item, including part numbers for reordering, touch the specific
item.
3. To return to the Supplies screen, touch X.
4. To return to the Device screen, touch the back arrow.
CCuussttoommiizziinngg SSuupppplliieess AAlleerrtt SSeettttiinnggss
1. To customize the alerts that appear for printer supplies, touch Device→Supplies→Alerts Setup.
2. To enable supplies alerts that appear on the control panel, touch the Enable Alerts toggle button.
3. To configure the printer to display an alert when an item reaches a specific usage percentage
level, touch the item, then select the percentage.
72 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
4. To customize the alerts for each supply item, or to enable or disable an alert, touch the toggle
button.
5. To return to the Supplies screen, touch X.
6. To return to the Device screen, touch the back arrow.
SSeettttiinngg UUpp EEmmaaiill AAlleerrttss
To check the supplies status and set up alerts using the Embedded Web Server, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
1. To set up alerts to send to an email address, touch Device→Supplies→Email Alerts.
2. To enter an email address, touch Add Email, then touch Enter Email Address.
3. Use the touch screen keyboard to enter an email address, or select an entry from the Address
Book, then touch OK.
4. Add more email addresses if necessary.
5. To customize the alerts for each supply item, or to enable or disable an alert, touch the toggle
button.
6. To exit the menu, touch OK.
7. To return to the Device screen, touch the back arrow.
BBiilllliinngg aanndd UUssaaggee CCoouunntteerrss
The Billing/Usage menu displays the total number of impressions that the printer generated or
printed during its lifetime. You cannot reset the counters. A page is counted as one side of a sheet of
paper. For example, a sheet of paper that is printed on two sides counts as two impressions.
To view the Billing and Usage Counters:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Billing/Usage.
3. To view more details, touch Usage Counters, then select an option.
•Impression Counters: This option provides the number of impressions made by the printer.
The number of impressions cannot equal the number of sheets counted, depending on the
printer setup. If your printer is set up to count large sheets as large impressions or as multiple
smaller impressions, the number of impressions can differ.
•Sheet Counters: This option provides the number of impressions made by the printer.
Impressions for 2-Sided sheets are identified as a separate line from 1-Sided sheets.
•Images Sent Counters: This option provides the number of images sent using the Fax, Email,
or Scan features.
•Fax Impressions Counters: This option provides the number of images sent using the Fax
features. Each fax feature is identified on a separate line.
•All Usage Counters: This option provides all printer usage information.
4. After viewing the usage readings, to return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
73
Xerox®Apps
RReesseett ttoo FFaaccttoorryy DDeeffaauullttss
Caution: The Reset to Factory Defaults feature erases all settings and returns the printer to the
original factory state. All jobs, presets, apps, and device settings are reset. If the printer includes
a hard disk, the disk is reinitialized.
The non-volatile memory (NVRAM) stores printer settings, even after the power is turned off. When
complete, the printer restarts, then displays the Install Wizard.
To reset the printer to factory defaults:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Resets→Reset to Factory Defaults.
3. At the prompt, touch Reset.
4. When the process is complete, the printer restarts automatically.
RReemmoottee SSeerrvviicceess
You can use the Remote Services option in the Embedded Web Server to send error and usage
information to the Xerox support team to help them resolve problems quickly.
For information about enabling Remote Services and uploading information to Xerox, refer to the
System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
74 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
Address Book
AAddddrreessss BBooookk OOvveerrvviieeww
Use the Device Address Book to create individual contacts or group contacts for
use with the Email, Fax, and Scan To Apps. You can add contacts to the Device
Address Book using the control panel or the Embedded Web Server. This feature
can also be used to scan to the Address Book contacts.
The Device Address Book stores a maximum of 2000 contacts, with or without the optional
Productivity Kit. If the Create New Contact button is unavailable, the address book has reached
capacity. The Device Address Book can also store up to 250 Fax Groups and 250 Email Groups, and
each Group can hold up to 500 members.
Before you can use this feature, the System Administrator must enable users to view and manage the
Device Address Book.
EEddiittiinngg tthhee AAddddrreessss BBooookk
You can create and save contact information for individual contacts or groups. You can manage
address book contacts at the control panel, or in the Embedded Web Server.
AAddddiinngg oorr EEddiittiinngg CCoonnttaaccttss iinn tthhee AAddddrreessss BBooookk aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll
PPaanneell
Adding Contacts in the Address Book at the Control Panel
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Address Book.
3. Touch the Plus icon (+), then select Add Contact.
4. To enter a name, touch the Enter First Name,Enter Last Name, or Enter Company field, then
enter the information. To move to the next field, touch Next. When finished, touch Enter.
5. Enter the contact details:
• To add an email address to the contact, touch Add Email. Enter an email address, then touch
Enter.
• To add a fax number to the contact, touch Add Fax. Enter a fax number, then touch Enter.
• To add an SMB scan location, touch Add SMB. Browse to the location required, then touch
Enter.
• To add an FTP scan location, touch Add FTP. Browse to the FTP location or enter the FTP
address, then touch Enter.
Note: If authentication is required for scan locations, enter a valid login name and
password.
6. To mark the email address or fax number as a favorite, touch the Star icon.
7. To save the contact, touch OK.
8. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
75
Xerox®Apps
Editing or Deleting Contacts in the Address Book at the Control Panel
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Address Book.
3. From the Address Book, touch a contact name, then touch Edit.
4. To change contact information, touch the information that you want to update, edit as needed,
then touch OK.
5. To save your contact changes, touch OK.
6. To delete a contact, touch Delete Contact, then touch Delete.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
AAddddiinngg oorr EEddiittiinngg GGrroouuppss iinn tthhee AAddddrreessss BBooookk aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
Adding Groups in the Address Book at the Control Panel
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Address Book.
2. Touch the Plus icon (+), then select Add Group.
3. Select the group type.
4. To enter a group name, touch Enter Group Name, then enter a name using the touch screen
keypad. Touch Enter.
5. To add group members, touch Add Member.
6. To add a contact name, from the Favorites or Contacts menu, select a contact.
7. To add more group members, touch Add Member, then select a contact.
8. To mark the group as a favorite, touch the Star icon.
9. To save the group, touch OK.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Editing or Deleting Groups in the Address Book at the Control Panel
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Address Book.
3. From the Address Book, select a group, then touch Edit.
4. To add group members, touch Add Member.
5. To add a contact, from the Favorites or Contacts menu, select a contact.
6. To add more group members, touch Add Member, then select a contact.
7. To remove group members, for each contact, touch the Trash icon. At the prompt, touch Delete.
8. To save the changes, touch OK.
9. To delete the group, touch Delete Group, then touch Delete.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
76 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
AAddddiinngg oorr EEddiittiinngg CCoonnttaaccttss iinn tthhee AAddddrreessss BBooookk iinn tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd
WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
Adding Contacts in the Address Book in the Embedded Web Server
To add contacts:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Address Book.
3. Click Add Contact.
4. To enter a name, click the First Name,Last Name, or Company field, then enter the details.
5. Enter the contact details.
• To add an email address to the contact, click the Email Plus icon (+), then enter an email
address.
• To add a fax number to the contact, click the Fax Plus icon (+), then enter a fax number.
• To add an SMB scan location, click the (Network) SMB Plus icon (+), then enter the SMB
details. Click OK.
• To add an FTP scan location, click the FTP Plus icon (+), then enter the FTP details. Click OK.
6. To mark the email address or fax number as a favorite, touch the Star icon.
7. To save the contact, click OK.
Editing or Deleting Contacts in the Address Book in the Embedded Web Server
To edit or delete contacts:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Address Book.
3. From the Address Book, select a contact.
4. To edit contact information, perform the following steps.
a. Click the contact name or contact information, then edit as needed.
b. To clear contact information, for the specific contact information, click the Trash icon.
c. To save the changes, click OK.
5. To remove the selected contact from the Address Book, click Delete. At the prompt, click Delete.
AAddddiinngg oorr EEddiittiinngg GGrroouuppss iinn tthhee AAddddrreessss BBooookk iinn tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd
WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
Adding Groups in the Address Book in the Embedded Web Server
To add groups:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Address Book.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
77
Xerox®Apps
3. Click Add Group.
4. For Enter Group Name, enter a name for the group.
5. From the menu, select the group type.
6. To add group members, for Members, click the Plus icon (+).
7. To add contacts to the group, in the Add Members window, for each contact, select the check box.
When you are finished, click OK.
8. To save the group, click OK.
Editing or Deleting Groups in the Address Book in the Embedded Web Server
To edit or delete groups:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Address Book.
3. Within the address book, select a group.
4. To add group members:
a. For Members, click the Plus icon (+).
b. In the Add Members window, select the check box for each required member.
c. To save the changes, click OK.
5. To remove group members:
a. For the required member, click the Trash icon.
b. At the prompt, click Delete.
c. Repeat the previous two steps for each member.
d. To save the changes, click OK.
6. To remove the selected group from the Address Book, click Delete. At the prompt, click Delete.
AAddvvaanncceedd SSeettttiinnggss
The Advanced option provides more settings for importing and exporting contact details and
managing contacts. You can use the Advanced option to set up a directory service.
For details about the Advanced options, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/
office/VLC405docs.
CCrreeaattiinngg aanndd MMaannaaggiinngg FFaavvoorriitteess
You can mark contacts as Favorites. A star next to a contact in the list indicates a Favorite. You can
mark a favorite as a Global Favorite for all services or as a Favorite for email, fax, or scan-to
destinations.
You can create Favorites as Public or Personal. Personal Favorites are created when a logged-in user
adds one or more address to the destination list of a Favorite. Once Personal Favorites are created, the
Address Book displays Personal Favorites instead of Public Favorites.
78 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
Note: The maximum number of Personal Favorites that can be added for each user account is
25. Logged-in users will not see any Favorites if there no Personal Favorites and the number of
Public Favorites is greater than 25.
CCrreeaattiinngg aanndd MMaannaaggiinngg FFaavvoorriitteess aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Address Book.
2. Select a contact, then touch Edit.
3. To make the contact a Global Favorite, for the contact name, touch the Star icon.
4. To mark a contact as a Favorite for email, fax, or a scan-to destination:
a. For each desired feature, touch the Star icon.
b. To save changes, touch OK.
5. To clear a contact marked as a Favorite:
a. To remove the contact as a Global Favorite, for the contact name, touch the Star icon.
b. To remove the contact from the Favorite list for a selected feature, for the selected feature,
touch the Star icon.
c. To save changes, touch OK.
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
CCrreeaattiinngg aanndd MMaannaaggiinngg FFaavvoorriitteess iinn tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
1. In the Embedded Web Server, click Address Book.
2. Select a contact.
3. To make the contact a Global Favorite, click the Global Favorite Star icon.
4. To mark a contact as a Favorite for email, fax, or a scan-to destination, for each feature, click the
Star icon.
5. To remove a contact marked as a Favorite, for Global Favorite or the selected feature, touch the
Star icon. The contact is removed from the Global Favorite list, or the Favorite list for the selected
feature.
6. To save changes, click OK.
CCrreeaattiinngg aanndd MMaannaaggiinngg PPeerrssoonnaall FFaavvoorriitteess
Personal Favorites can be created for individual apps when you are logged in to your user account on
the device. You can set up Personal Favorites in the Scan To, Email, and Fax Apps. Each app can store
up to 25 Personal Favorites for each user account. You can select and create Personal Favorites from
the local Address Book for the device.
By default, there are no Personal Favorites set up. Personal Favorites are created when you log in and
add one or more addresses to the destination list of your Favorites. After you create your Personal
Favorites, they are shown in your Favorites list each time you log in and use the device.
When a change is made to a contact in the Address Book, the information is also updated for your
Personal Favorite. When you remove a contact or address from the Address Book, the entry is also
removed from your Personal Favorites.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
79
Xerox®Apps
When you use the Embedded Web Server Cloning feature, you can import and export Personal
Favorites. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/
VLC405support.
Note:
• When you reach the limit of 25 Personal Favorites within an app, you are required to delete
a Personal Favorite before you can add a new one.
• Only an address registered in the Address Book for a particular app, can be set up as a
Personal Favorite within the app. For example, if a contact only has an email address
entered, then it can only added as a Personal Favorite in the Email App.
• Before you can create Personal Favorites, the System Administrator is required to give you
permission to view and manage the Device Address Book, and to Customize Features
Within Apps.
Creating Personal Favorites
To create a Personal Favorite:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Login, then enter a valid login name and password.
3. Load the original documents.
4. Touch the app required.
5. Touch the address book icon, then touch Contacts. To add a recipient, select a recipient from the
list.
6. Select the job settings.
For details about available features, refer to Apps Features.
7. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize.
8. Touch Favorites, then touch Add Favorite.
A list of contacts appears.
9. Touch the contact to add to your Personal Favorites, then touch Done.
10. To complete the job, touch Send or Scan.
When you log in to your user account again, the Personal Favorite is available.
Using Personal Favorites
To use a Personal Favorite:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Login, then enter a valid login name and password.
80 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
3. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex automatic document feeder,
use the document glass. Lift the document feeder, then place the original document face
down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any
staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the
document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides
so that they fit against the documents.
4. Touch the app required.
5. To select a Personal Favorite, touch the Address Book icon, then touch Favorites.
A list of Personal Favorites appears for the app.
6. To add the recipient or scan destination details, touch the Personal Favorite required. Repeat the
procedure to add more recipients or destinations.
7. If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an
option.
8. Adjust the job settings as needed.
For details about available features, refer to Apps Features.
9. Touch Send or Scan.
10. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, do one of the following:
• To complete the job and return to the app, touch Done.
• To scan another page, load a new original document on the document glass, then touch Add
Page.
• To delete the scan and return to the app, touch Cancel, then touch Delete.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
11. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Deleting a Personal Favorite using the Control Panel
To delete a Personal Favorite:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Login, then enter a valid login name and password.
3. Touch the app required.
4. Scroll to the bottom, then touch Customize.
5. Touch Favorites, then touch the Trash icon that corresponds with the Personal Favorite that you
want to delete.
6. Touch Done.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
81
Xerox®Apps
Removing Personalizations using the Embedded Web Server
Note: Personalizations include your customized Home screen, Personal 1-Touch Apps, and
Personal Favorites. This procedure removes all personalizations from your User Account.
To remove all personalizations from your User Account:
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Log In, then click on your user account. If required, enter your
password and click Log In.
3. To access your User Profile, click on your User Account name shown in the top right corner, then
click My Profile.
All personalizations you have configured for your User Account are displayed.
4. To remove all personalizations, click Reset. To confirm, click Reset.
All the personalizations configured for your User Account are removed.
5. To log out, click on your User Account name shown in the top right corner, then click Log Out.
82 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
Jobs
JJoobbss OOvveerrvviieeww
Use Jobs to view current jobs, print saved, personal, and secure jobs, and view
details of completed jobs. You can pause, delete, print, or view job progress or
job details for a selected job.
MMaannaaggiinngg JJoobbss
From the control panel Jobs menu, you can view lists of active jobs, secure jobs, or completed jobs.
You can pause, delete, print, or view job progress or job details for a selected job. From the Jobs
window in the Embedded Web Server, you can view a list of active and completed print jobs. For more
information, refer to Managing Jobs Using the Embedded Web Server.
A print job can be held by the printer when it is unable to complete a print job. For example, when the
printer needs attention, paper, or supplies. When the condition is resolved, the printer automatically
resumes printing. When you send a Secure Print job, the job is held until you release it by typing a
passcode at the control panel. For more information, refer to Printing Special Job Types.
PPaauussiinngg tthhee PPrriinntt JJoobb wwiitthh tthhee OOppttiioonn ttoo DDeelleettee IItt
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs, then touch the name of the print job.
3. Do one of the following:
• To pause the print job, touch Pause. To resume the print job, touch Resume.
• To delete the print job, touch Delete. At the prompt, touch Delete.
Note: If you do not make a selection within 60 seconds, the job resumes automatically.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
VViieewwiinngg,, PPrriinnttiinngg,, oorr DDeelleettiinngg SSaavveedd aanndd SSeeccuurree JJoobbss
Note:
• The system administrator can restrict users from deleting jobs. If a system administrator
has restricted job deletion, you can view the jobs, but not delete them.
• Only the user that sent the job or the system administrator can delete a Secure Print job.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To view a list of active and completed jobs, touch Jobs.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
83
Xerox®Apps
3. To view a list of specific job types, touch an option.
• To view Saved Jobs, touch Saved Jobs. To print the job, touch the job, enter the quantity, then
touch OK. To delete the job, touch the Trash icon, then touch Delete.
• To view Personal jobs, touch Personal & Secure Jobs. To print the jobs, touch the folder, then
touch Print All, or Delete All.
• For Secure Jobs, touch Personal & Secure Jobs. Touch the folder, enter the passcode number,
then touch OK. To print a Secure Job, touch the job. To print or delete all the jobs in the folder,
touch Print All, or Delete All.
4. To view details about a job, touch the job.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
PPrriinnttiinngg aa JJoobb HHeelldd ffoorr RReessoouurrcceess
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs.
3. From the jobs list, touch the held job name. The resources required for the job appear on the
control panel.
4. Do one of the following:
• To print the job, replenish the resources required. The job resumes automatically when the
required resources are available. If the job does not print automatically, touch Resume.
• To delete the print job, touch Delete. At the prompt, touch Delete.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
MMaannaaggiinngg SSppeecciiaall JJoobb TTyyppeess
Special job types allow you to send a print job from your computer, then print it from the printer
control panel. Select special job types in the print driver, Printing Options tab, under Job Type.
SSaavveedd JJoobbss
Saved Jobs are documents sent to the printer and, unless deleted, are stored there for future use. Any
user can print or delete a Saved Job.
To print a Saved Job, refer to Printing a Saved Job.
Releasing a Saved Job
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs.
3. To view Saved Jobs, touch Saved Jobs.
4. To print a Saved Job, touch the job name, enter the quantity, then touch OK.
5. To delete the document after printing, for that job, touch the Trash icon, then at the prompt,
touch Delete.
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
84 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
SSeeccuurree PPrriinntt
Use Secure Print to print sensitive or confidential information. After you send the job, it is held at the
printer until you enter your passcode at the printer control panel.
To print a Secure Print job, refer to Printing a Secure Print Job.
Releasing a Secure Print job
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs.
3. To view Secure Print jobs, touch Personal & Secure Jobs.
4. Touch your folder.
5. Enter the passcode number, then touch OK.
6. Select an option:
• To print a Secure Print job, touch the job.
• To print all the jobs in the folder, touch Print All.
• To delete a Secure Print job, touch the Trash icon. At the prompt, touch Delete.
• To delete all the jobs in the folder, touch Delete All.
Note: After a Secure Print job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
PPeerrssoonnaall PPrriinntt
Personal Print allows you to store a document in the printer, then print it from the control panel.
Note: The Personal Print feature is only available on a Windows computer printing to a network
printer.
Personal Print is a type of saved job with these features:
• A Personal Print job appears in a folder named after the user ID associated with the print job.
• A Personal Print job does not use a passcode.
• Any user can print or delete a Personal Print job.
• You can print all jobs in the list at once, delete an individual job, or delete all jobs in the list.
• After a Personal Print job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
To print a Personal Print job, refer to Printing a Personal Print Job.
Releasing a Personal Print Job
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs.
3. To view Personal Print jobs, touch Personal & Secure Jobs.
4. Touch your folder.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
85
Xerox®Apps
5. If prompted for a passcode, touch Skip.
Note: When your folder contains Secure Print jobs and Personal Print jobs, the passcode
prompt appears.
6. Select an option.
• To print a Personal Print job, touch the job.
• To print all the jobs in the folder, touch Print All.
• To delete all the jobs in the folder, touch Delete All.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSaammppllee SSeett
The Sample Set job type prints one copy of a multiple-copy print job before printing the remaining
copies. After reviewing the sample set, you can either print the remaining copies or delete them at
the printer control panel.
Sample Set is a type of saved job with these features:
• A Sample Set job appears in a folder named after the user ID associated with the print job.
• A Sample Set job does not use a passcode.
• Any user can print or delete a Sample Set job.
• A Sample Set prints one copy of a job to allow you to proofread the job before printing any
remaining copies.
After a Sample Set job is printed, it is deleted automatically.
To print a Sample Set, refer to Printing a Sample Set.
Releasing a Sample Set
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To view available jobs, touch Jobs.
3. Touch the Sample Set job.
Note: The Sample Set file description shows the job as Held for Future Printing, and shows
the number of remaining copies of the job.
4. Select an option.
• To print the remaining copies of the job, touch Release.
• To delete the remaining copies of the job, touch Delete.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
86 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
MMaannaaggiinngg JJoobbss UUssiinngg tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
You can view a list of active jobs and delete print jobs from the Active Jobs list in the Embedded Web
Server. You can use the Embedded Web Server to submit jobs for printing at the device. You can print .
pdf,.ps,.pcl,.prn,.xps,.jpg,.tif and .txt files directly from the Embedded Web Server without opening
another application or the print driver. The files can be stored on a local computer hard drive, mass
storage device, or network drive.
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Jobs.
3. Click the job name.
4. Do one of the following:
• To pause the print job, click Pause. To resume the print job, click Resume.
• To delete the print job, click Delete. At the prompt, click Delete.
5. To return to the Home screen, click Home.
SSuubbmmiittttiinngg JJoobbss ffoorr PPrriinnttiinngg UUssiinngg tthhee EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
2. In the Embedded Web Server, click Home.
3. In the Quick Links area, click Submit File.
4. Click the Submit field.
5. In the selection window, select a file to print, then click Open.
6. To print the document, click Submit.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
87
Xerox®Apps
Copy
CCooppyy OOvveerrvviieeww
To make a copy, the device scans your original documents and temporarily
stores the images. The image print based on the options selected.
If Authentication or Accounting has been enabled on your device, enter your login details to access
Copy features.
You can adjust various settings for individual Copy jobs and save settings as Presets for future jobs.
The list of features can be customized, and some features could be hidden from view when the app is
installed. To view all available features and to find out more about customizing the Copy App, refer to
Customize and Personalize.
For information about all the app features and available settings, refer to Apps Features.
MMaakkiinngg aa CCooppyy
To make a copy:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous App settings, touch Reset.
88 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
3. Load your original documents.
• Use the document glass for single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the single-pass
duplex automatic document feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the original
document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the single-pass duplex automatic document feeder.
Remove any staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in
the document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper
guides so that they fit against the original documents.
4. Touch Copy, then enter the number of copies needed.
Note: To amend the number of copies entered, touch the Xbutton, then enter the required
quantity.
5. If scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided, then select an option.
6. Adjust copy settings as needed.
For details about available features, refer to Apps Features.
7. Touch Start. If you placed documents in the feeder, scanning continues until the feeder is empty.
8. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, do one of the following:
• To complete the job and return to the Copy app, touch Done.
• To scan another page, load a new original document on the document glass, then touch Add
Page.
• To delete the scan and return to the Copy app, touch Cancel, then touch Delete.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
9. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
89
Xerox®Apps
CCooppyy WWoorrkkfflloowwss
Note: Some features are hidden from view when the Copy App is installed. For more
information, refer to Customizing or Personalizing the Feature List.
AAddjjuussttiinngg CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
If you have a color original image, you can adjust the balance of the printing colors between cyan,
magenta, yellow, and black before printing your copy.
Adjusting the Color Balance
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Color Balance.
4. To adjust the highlight, midtone, and shadow density levels by color, touch the color that you
want to adjust, then move the sliders to increase or decrease the density levels.
5. Touch OK.
Adjusting the Saturation
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Saturation.
4. To adjust the saturation, move the slider.
5. Touch OK.
Adding Color Effects
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Color Effects.
4. Select the required option. A confirmation message appears.
5. To accept the new color settings, touch Apply.
AAddjjuussttiinngg CCoonnttrraasstt SSeettttiinnggss
You can adjust the variation between light and dark areas of your copy using the Contrast feature.
You can reduce the sensitivity of the printer to variations in light background colors using Auto
Background Suppression.
To adjust the Auto Background Suppression and Contrast:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Image Enhancement.
4. To enable Auto Background Suppression, touch the Auto Background Suppression toggle button.
90 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
5. To enable Auto Contrast, touch the Auto Contrast toggle button.
6. To adjust the Contrast manually, ensure that the Auto Contrast toggle button is off, then move
the slider to increase or decrease the contrast.
7. Touch OK.
CChhaannggiinngg tthhee PPaaggee LLaayyoouutt
You can use Page Layout to place a defined number of pages on one or both sides of the paper.
To change the page layout:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Page Layout.
4. Select the required number of pages per side.
5. To change the Original Orientation, touch Page Layout, then touch More. Select Portrait or
Landscape.
Note: The Original Orientation option is only available when the selected number of pages
per slide is 2, 4, or 8.
6. To change the Image Order, touch Page Layout, then touch More. Select one of the following
options.
•Right then Down: This option prints the images across the page, row by row.
•Down then Right: This option prints the images down the page, column by column.
Note: The Image Order option is only available when the selected number of pages per
slide is 4 or 8.
7. Touch OK.
BBooookk CCooppyyiinngg
You can use the Book Copying feature to copy books, magazines, or other bound documents. You can
use this feature to copy images for different results.
• Copy either the left or right page onto a single sheet of paper.
• Copy both the left and right pages onto two sheets of paper.
• Copy both the left and right pages as a single image onto one sheet of paper.
Note: To make copies from books, magazines, or other bound documents, use the document
glass only. Do not place bound original documents in the document feeder.
To set up book copying:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Book Copying.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
91
Xerox®Apps
4. Touch Mode, then select one of the following options:
•Off: This option is the default setting.
•Both Pages: This option scans both pages of an open book onto two sheets of paper.
•Left/Right Page Only: This option scans the left or right page of an open book onto a single
sheet of paper.
5. If Binding Edge Erase is required, touch Binding Edge Erase, then move the slider to the right to
erase up to 50 mm (1.97 in.).
6. Touch OK.
SShhiiffttiinngg tthhee IImmaaggee
You can change the placement of an image on the copy page. This is useful if the image is smaller
than the page size. For image shift to work correctly, position original documents as follows:
•Document Feeder: Position original documents face up, short edge entering the feeder first.
•Document Glass: Position original documents face down, in the upper-left corner of the document
glass, short edge to the left.
To change the placement of the image:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Image Shift.
4. Select one of the following options.
•Off: This option is the default setting.
•Auto Center: This option centers the image on the page.
•Snap to Edge: This option shifts the image to the edge of the document. Select one of the
image-position options.
•Mirror Side 1: This option allows you to set the Image Shift for Side 1, and matches the
Side 2 Image Shift accordingly. To move the image to the required edge of the page,
touch the appropriate arrow.
•Independent Sides: This option allows you to position the images on Side 1 and Side 2
independently of each other. To move each image to the required edge of the page, touch
the appropriate arrow.
•Manual: This option allows you to specify the amount of Image Shift required. Select one of
the image-position options.
•Mirror Side 1: This option allows you to set the Image Shift for Side 1, and matches the
Side 2 Image Shift accordingly. Touch the appropriate fields. To adjust the image shift,
move the slider.
•Independent Sides: This option allows you to position the images on Side 1 and Side 2
independently of each other. Touch the appropriate fields. To adjust the image shift, move
the slider.
5. To specify the orientation of the original document, touch Original Orientation, then select an
option.
6. Touch OK.
92 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
CCrreeaattiinngg aa BBooookklleett
The booklet feature reduces the original page images to fit two images on each side of the printed
page. You can print copies in booklet format.
Note:
• This booklet option is available on printers with an optional Productivity Kit installed only.
• In Booklet mode, the printer scans all of the original documents before it prints the copies.
To create a booklet:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Booklet Creation.
Note: If Reduce/Enlarge has been adjusted, a message appears confirming that Reduce/
Enlarge has changed to Auto%. If Paper Supply has been set to Auto Select, a message
appears confirming that Paper Supply has changed to Tray 1.
4. Touch the Booklet Creation toggle button.
5. Touch Original Document, then select the option that matches your original documents:
•1-Sided Original: This option scans only one side of the original image and produces 1-sided
output files.
•2-Sided Original: This option scans both sides of the original image.
•2-Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option scans both sides of the original image, rotating the
second side.
6. If a cover sheet is required, touch the Cover toggle button, then adjust Paper Supply and Print
On Coveras needed.
7. Touch OK.
AAddddiinngg aa FFrroonntt CCoovveerr
You can print the first page of your copy job on different paper, such as colored or heavyweight
paper. The printer selects the special paper from a different tray. The cover can be blank or printed.
Note: This function is available only on printers with an optional Productivity Kit installed only.
To add a front cover to your copy job:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Front Cover.
4. Touch the Front Cover toggle button.
Note: If Paper Supply is set to Auto Select, a notification appears confirming that the
Paper Supply has been changed to Tray 1.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
93
Xerox®Apps
5. Touch Printing Options, then select an option.
•Blank: This option inserts a blank front cover.
•Print on Side 1 Only: This option prints on the front side of the cover only.
•Print on Side 2 Only: This option prints on the back side of the cover only.
•Print on Both Sides: This option prints on both sides of the cover.
6. Touch Paper Supply, then select the required paper source.
7. Touch OK.
EErraassiinngg tthhee EEddggeess ooff CCooppiieess
You can erase content from the edges of your copies using the Edge Erase feature. You can specify
the amount to erase on the right, left, top, and bottom edges.
To erase the edges of copies:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Edge Erase.
4. Select one of the following options.
•All Edges: This option erases all four edges by the same amount. To adjust the amount to
erase, move the slider.
•Print to Edge: This option prints with no edge erase.
•Individual Edges: This option allows you to specify different amounts to erase from the
edges. Select an erase option.
•Mirror Edges: This option allows you to set the Edge Erase for Side 1, and matches the
Side 2 Edge Erase accordingly. To adjust the edge erase, move the slider.
•Independent Edges: This option allows you to set the Edge Erase on Side 1 and Side 2
independently of each other. Touch the appropriate field. To adjust the Edge Erase, move
the slider.
5. To specify the orientation of the original document, touch Original Orientation, then select an
option.
6. Touch OK.
PPrriinnttiinngg aa SSaammppllee CCooppyy
Sample Copy allows you to print a test copy of a job to inspect before printing multiple copies. This
feature is useful for complex or high-volume jobs. After you print and inspect the test copy, you can
choose to print or cancel the remaining copies.
To print a sample copy of your job:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Adjust the copy settings as needed.
4. Enter the number of copies needed.
5. Touch the Sample Copy toggle button.
6. Touch the Start button. The sample copy prints.
94 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
7. Inspect the sample copy, then select one of the following options.
• If the copy is unsatisfactory, touch Delete. The job is canceled and no more copies are
printed.
• If the copy is satisfactory, touch Release. The remaining copies are printed.
8. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.
AAddddiinngg AAnnnnoottaattiioonnss
You can use the Annotations feature to add a page number, comment, date, or Bates Stamp to your
copies.
Note:
• This function is only available on printers with an optional Productivity Kit installed.
• If Booklet Creation is selected, you cannot add Annotations.
To add annotations:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Copy.
3. Touch Annotations.
4. To insert page numbers:
a. Select the required page location, then touch Page Number.
b. Enter the starting page number.
c. To adjust which pages contain the selected annotation, touch Apply To, then select All Pages
or All Pages Except First.
d. Touch OK.
5. To insert a comment:
a. Select the required page location, then touch Comment.
b. Select the required entry, then touch OK.
Note: To create a comment, touch the edit icon for Not in Use. Enter the required text,
then touch OK.
c. To adjust which pages contain the selected annotation, touch Apply To, then select the
required option.
d. Touch OK.
Note: To create a prefix, touch the edit icon for Not in Use. Enter the required text, then
touch OK.
6. To insert the current date:
a. Select the required page location, then touch Date Stamp.
b. Touch Format, then select the required date format.
c. To adjust which pages contain the selected annotation, touch Apply To, then select the
required option.
d. Touch OK.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
95
Xerox®Apps
7. To insert a Bates Stamp:
a. Select the required page location, then touch Bates Stamp.
b. Touch Prefix, then select the required entry. Touch OK.
Note: To create a prefix, touch the edit icon for Not in Use. Enter the required text,
then touch OK.
c. Touch Starting Number. Enter the required starting number, then touch OK.
d. Touch Number of Digits, then select the required option.
e. To adjust which pages contain the selected annotation, touch Apply To, then select the
required option.
f. Touch OK.
8. To change the text formatting, touch Format & Style. Adjust the settings as required, then touch
OK.
9. Touch OK.
10. If necessary, to remove all entered annotations, touch Delete All.
Note: Not all annotations are available in all page locations.
96 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
ID Card Copy
IIDD CCaarrdd CCooppyy OOvveerrvviieeww
You can use the ID Card Copy App to copy both sides of an ID card or small
document onto one side of paper. To copy the card, place each side in the
upper-left corner of the document glass. The printer stores both sides of the
document, then prints them side by side on the paper.
The ID Card Copy App is hidden from view on initial device setup. The list of features can be
customized, and some features can be hidden from view. For more information about adding and
customizing apps, refer to Customizing or Personalizing the Feature List.
For information about all the app features and available settings, refer to Apps Features.
CCooppyyiinngg aann IIDD CCaarrdd
To copy an ID card:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset.
3. Lift the automatic document feeder, then place the original document in the upper-left corner of
the document glass.
4. Touch ID Card Copy.
5. Adjust the settings as required.
6. Touch Scan.
7. When scanning is finished, lift the automatic document feeder. Flip the original document, then
place it in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
8. To scan the second side of the original document and print the copies, touch Scan.
9. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
97
Xerox®Apps
Email
EEmmaaiill OOvveerrvviieeww
You can use the Email app to scan images and attach them to emails. You can
specify the file name and format of the attachment, and include a subject
heading and message for the email.
Note: Before using Email, set up and configure the Email features on the
printer. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/
office/VLC405docs.
You can adjust various settings for individual Email jobs and save settings as Presets for future jobs.
The list of features can be customized, and some features could be hidden from view when the app is
installed. To view all available features and to find out more about customizing the Email App, refer to
Customizing or Personalizing the Feature List.
For information about all the app features and available settings, refer to Apps Features.
SSeennddiinngg aa SSccaannnneedd IImmaaggee iinn aann EEmmaaiill
To send a scanned image in an email:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset.
98 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
3. Load your original documents.
• For single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the single-pass duplex automatic
document feeder, use the document glass. Lift the automatic document feeder, then place
the original documents face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For multiple, single, or 2-sided pages, use the single-pass duplex automatic document feeder.
Remove any staples or paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in
the automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the
paper guides so that they fit against the document originals.
4. Touch Email.
5. Enter recipients:
• To enter the email address manually into the To field, type the address using the touch screen
keypad. Touch Enter.
• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch the Address Book icon. Touch
Favorites or Contacts, then select a recipient.
• If you have created Personal Favorites, to select a Personal Favorite, log in with your user
credentials. Touch the Address Book icon. Touch Favorites, then select a Personal Favorite
from the list.
For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating Favorites and Personal
Favorites, refer to Address Book.
6. If scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an option.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
99
Xerox®Apps
7. Adjust the email settings as needed:
• To save the scanned document with a specific file name, touch the attachment file name,
enter a new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
• To save the scanned document with a specific file format, touch the attachment file format,
then select the required format.
To create a searchable file or to add password protection, from the File format, select More.
• To change the subject line, touch Subject, enter a new subject line using the touch screen
keypad, then touch Enter.
• To change the email body message, touch Message, enter a new message, then touch OK.
For details about available features, refer to Apps Features.
8. To start the scan, touch Send.
9. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done, or to scan
another page, touch Add Page. To cancel a job, touch Cancel Job.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
PPrreevviieewwiinngg aanndd BBuuiillddiinngg JJoobbss
Use the Preview option to view and check scanned images, or to build jobs that contain more than 50
original documents.
If you are using Preview to build a job, divide your job into segments of 50 or fewer pages. After all
the segments are scanned and previewed, the job is processed and sent as a single job.
Note: If the Preview option is hidden from view, refer to Customize and Personalize.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset.
3. Load your original documents.
• Use the document glass for single pages or for paper that cannot be fed using the duplex
automatic document feeder. Lift the automatic document feeder, then place the original
document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any
staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the
automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the
paper guides so that they fit against the documents.
• For jobs containing more than 50 original documents, divide the documents into segments of
50 or fewer pages. Load segment one into the duplex automatic document feeder.
Note: If you are scanning multiple segments, use the same input area for each segment.
Scan all segments using the document glass, or scan all segments using the automatic
document feeder.
4. Touch the app required.
5. Select the job settings.
6. Touch Preview.
100 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
7. If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an
option.
8. To start scanning, touch Preview.
The original documents are scanned and preview images appear on the screen.
9. Scroll through and check the preview images. To change the view orientation, touch Rotate. Do
one of the following.
• To scan more original documents, continue scanning your original documents using the same
input area. After scanning, scroll to the end of the preview images, then touch the Plus icon
(+). Continue this procedure until you have scanned all the original documents.
• To process the job and send the scanned images, touch Send.
• To discard the job, touch X, then touch Delete and Close.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
101
Xerox®Apps
Scan To
SSccaann TToo OOvveerrvviieeww
The Scan To feature provides several methods for scanning and storing an
original document. If the printer is connected to a network, you can select a
destination for the scanned image at the printer. It is also possible to scan
documents using a physical connection to a single computer.
The printer supports the following scanning functions:
• Scan original documents to an email address.
• Scan original documents to a USB Flash drive.
• Scan original documents to your home folder.
• Scan original documents to a shared network location using SMB and FTP transfer protocols.
You can add scan destinations and email addresses to the device Address Book and set them up as
Favorites and Personal Favorites. For details about using the Address Book and managing and
creating Favorites and Personal Favorites, refer to Address Book.
You can adjust various settings for individual Scan To jobs, then save settings as Presets for future
jobs. The list of features can be customized, and some features can be hidden from view when the
App is installed. To view all available features and to find out more about customizing the Scan To
App, refer to Customizing or Personalizing the Feature List.
For information about all the App features and available settings, refer to Apps Features.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aann EEmmaaiill AAddddrreessss
Before you scan to an email address, ensure that you configure the printer with the email server
information. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/
VLC405docs.
To scan an image and send it to an email address:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the duplex automatic document
feeder.
2. At the control panel, touch the Home button.
3. Touch Scan To.
4. Enter recipients.
• To enter the email address manually, touch Email, then enter an email address. Touch Enter.
• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch the Address Book icon. Touch
Favorites or Contacts, then select a recipient.
• If you have created Personal Favorites, to select a Personal Favorite, log in with your user
credentials. Touch the Address Book icon. Touch Favorites, then select a Personal Favorite
from the list.
For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating Favorites and Personal
Favorites, refer to Address Book.
102 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
5. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, then
enter a new name using the touch screen keypad. Touch Enter.
6. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then
select the required format.
Note: To make scanned documents searchable, your system administrator can enable the
Searchable feature.
7. Adjust scanning options as needed.
8. To change the subject line, from Email Features, touch Subject, then enter a new subject line
using the touch screen keypad. Touch Enter.
9. To change the email body message, from Email Features, touch Message, then enter a new
message. Touch OK.
10. To begin the scan, touch Scan.
11. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done, or to scan
another page, touch Add Page.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
12. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aa UUSSBB FFllaasshh DDrriivvee
You can scan a document and store the scanned file on a USB Flash drive. The Scan to USB function
produces scans in .jpg,.pdf,.pdf (a),.xps, and .tif file formats.
Note:
• If the device is in Power Saver mode, before proceeding with the USB scan, to wake the
device, press the Power/Wake button.
• Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.
To scan to a USB Flash drive:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or in the duplex automatic document feeder.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Insert your USB Flash drive into the USB memory port on the front of the printer.
4. At the USB Drive has been detected screen, touch Scan to USB.
Note: If USB scan does not appear, enable the feature or contact the system
administrator.
5. To save the scanned file to a specific folder on the USB Flash drive, navigate to the directory
where you want to save your file, then touch OK.
6. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, then
enter a new name using the touch screen keypad. Touch Enter.
7. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then
select the required format.
8. Adjust scanning features as needed.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
103
Xerox®Apps
9. To begin the scan, press Scan.
The printer scans your images to the folder that you specified.
10. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done or to scan
another page, touch Add Page.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
Caution: Do not remove the USB Flash drive while the device is scanning and processing
the job. If you remove the Flash drive before the transfer is complete, the file can become
unusable and other files on the drive can be damaged.
11. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aa UUsseerr HHoommee FFoollddeerr
Scan to Home allows you to scan documents that are saved to a home directory on an external
server. The home directory is distinct for each authenticated user. The directory path is established
through LDAP.
BBeeffoorree YYoouu BBeeggiinn
To scan to the home folder defined in an LDAP directory, first ensure that the home folder locations
are defined for each user.
If you want to scan to a shared folder on the network, create a shared folder on your network with
read and write access privileges.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aa HHoommee FFoollddeerr
Note: If LDAP Network Authentication is configured, the Home button appears as an option
that you can select on the Scan To screen.
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the duplex automatic document
feeder.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. To log in to the printer, touch Log In.
4. Enter your user name, then touch Next.
5. Enter your password, then touch OK.
6. To scan to a home folder, select an option:
• Touch Scan To. On the Scan To screen, touch Home.
• Touch My Folder.
7. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, enter a
new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
8. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then
select the desired format.
9. Adjust scanning options as needed.
104 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
10. To begin the scan, press Scan.
If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done, or to scan
another page, touch Add Page.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
11. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSccaann ttoo DDeesskkttoopp
Before you begin:
• Before scanning, ensure that your computer and the printer are plugged in, powered on, and
connected to an active network.
• On your computer, ensure that you have the correct print driver software installed. For details,
refer to Installing the Software.
• On your computer, ensure that the printer is installed using WSD. For details, refer to Installing the
Software.
• On your printer, ensure that WSD is enabled. Enable the feature or contact the system
administrator.
To use the Scan to Desktop feature:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the duplex automatic document
feeder.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Scan to Desktop.
4. To select a destination, touch the computer address.
5. To begin the scan, press Scan.
The Windows Fax and Scan application opens on your PC desktop. The image file of your scan is
saved to the Scanned Documents folder.
6. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done, or to scan
another page, touch Add Page.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aann FFTTPP oorr SSFFTTPP SSeerrvveerr
To scan an image and send it to an FTP or SFTP server:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the duplex automatic document
feeder.
2. At the control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Scan To.
4. Touch FTP or SFTP, then enter the server address.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
105
Xerox®Apps
5. If prompted, enter a valid user name and password, then touch Enter.
6. Select a folder location for your scanned document, then touch OK.
7. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name. Enter a
new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
8. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then
select the required format.
9. Adjust scanning options as needed.
10. To begin the scan, touch Scan.
The printer scans your images to the folder that you specified.
11. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done, or to scan
another page, touch Add Page.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
12. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aa SShhaarreedd FFoollddeerr oonn aa NNeettwwoorrkk CCoommppuutteerr
Before you can use the printer as a scanner on a network do these steps:
• Create a shared folder on your computer hard drive.
• Access the Embedded Web Server, then create an address that points the scanner to the
computer.
SShhaarriinngg aa FFoollddeerr oonn aa WWiinnddoowwss CCoommppuutteerr
1. Open Windows Explorer.
2. Right-click the folder you want to share, then select Properties.
3. Click the Sharing tab, then click Advanced Sharing.
4. Select Share this folder.
5. Click Permissions.
6. Select the Everyone group, then verify that all permissions are enabled.
7. Click OK.
Note: Remember the Share name for later use.
8. Click OK again.
9. Click Close.
SShhaarriinngg aa FFoollddeerr iinn MMaacciinnttoosshh OOSS XX VVeerrssiioonn 1100..77 aanndd LLaatteerr
1. From the Apple menu, select System Preferences.
2. From the Internet & Wireless menu, select Sharing.
3. From the Service menu, select File Sharing.
106 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
4. Under Shared Folders, click the Plus icon (+).
5. Browse to the folder that you want to share on the network, then click Add.
6. To modify access rights for your folder, select the folder. The groups activate.
7. From the Users list, click Everyone, then use the arrows to select Read & Write.
8. Click Options.
9. To share the folder, select Share files and folders using SMB.
10. To share the folder with specific users, next to the user name, select On.
11. Click Done.
12. Close the System Preferences window.
Note: When you open a shared folder, a Shared Folder banner appears in the Finder for the
folder and subfolders.
AAddddiinngg aann SSMMBB FFoollddeerr aass aann AAddddrreessss BBooookk EEnnttrryy ffrroomm tthhee
EEmmbbeeddddeedd WWeebb SSeerrvveerr
1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,
then press Enter or Return.
Note: If you do not know the IP address for your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of
Your Printer.
2. Click Address Book, then click Add Contact.
3. For Network (SMB), click the Plus icon (+), then enter the following information:
•Nickname: Enter the name that you want to appear in the Address Book.
•Type: Select the network connection type.
•IP Address: Port /Host Name: Port or IPv6 Address/Prefix : Port: The option selected forType
determines which option displays in this field. Enter the IP address of your computer, then
enter the default port number.
•Share: Enter a name for the directory or folder. For example, to save scanned files to a shared
folder named scans, type scans.
•Document Path: Enter the path of the folder on the SMB server. For example, to save the
scanned files to a folder named colorscans inside the scans folder, type colorscans.
•Login Name: Enter your computer user name.
•Password: Enter your computer login password.
•Retype Password: Enter your login password again.
4. To save your network information, click OK.
5. To save your contact, click OK.
AAddddiinngg aa FFoollddeerr aass aann AAddddrreessss BBooookk EEnnttrryy UUssiinngg tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
1. At the printer control panel, touch the Home button.
2. Touch Address Book.
3. Touch the Plus icon (+), then select Add Contact.
4. Enter the name to appear in the address book.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
107
Xerox®Apps
5. Touch Add (SMB), then navigate to the desired folder.
Note: Login credentials are required for computers on secured networks.
6. To save changes, touch OK.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aa SShhaarreedd FFoollddeerr oonn aa NNeettwwoorrkkeedd CCoommppuutteerr
1. Load the original document on the document glass or into the duplex automatic document
feeder.
2. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch Scan To.
4. Touch Contacts.
5. From the Contacts list, select the shared folder.
6. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, enter a
new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
7. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then
select the needed format.
8. Adjust scanning options as needed.
9. To begin the scan, press Scan.
10. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, to finish, touch Done, or to scan
another page, touch Add Page.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
11. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSccaannnniinngg IImmaaggeess iinnttoo aann AApppplliiccaattiioonn oonn aa
CCoonnnneecctteedd CCoommppuutteerr
You can import images directly from the scanner into a folder on your computer. With a Macintosh®
computer and some Windows®applications, you can import the images directly into an application.
SSccaannnniinngg aann IImmaaggee iinnttoo aann AApppplliiccaattiioonn
Note: Some Windows applications, including Microsoft Office 2007 and newer, do not support
this feature.
1. Load the original document on the document glass or in the duplex automatic document feeder.
2. At your computer, open the application into which you want to scan the image.
3. In the application, select the menu item to acquire the image.
4. From the Paper Source menu in Windows, or from the Scan From menu on a Macintosh®
computer, select one of the following:
• For the Document Glass, select Flatbed.
• For the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder, select Document Feeder.
108 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
5. Specify other scan driver settings as needed.
6. To begin the scan, click Scan.
The printer scans the document and places the image in your application.
SSccaannnniinngg UUssiinngg tthhee WWiinnddoowwss WWeebb SSeerrvviicceess oonn DDeevviicceess AApppplliiccaattiioonn
Before you begin:
• On your computer, ensure that the printer is installed using WSD and is available for use on the
network. For details, refer to Installing the Software.
• On your printer, ensure that WSD is enabled. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide
at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
1. Load the original document on the document glass or in the duplex automatic document feeder.
2. On your computer, select the Windows Fax and Scan application, then click Run.
3. Click New Scan.
4. To choose the device, click Change. From the list, select your device.
5. In the New Scan window, click the Profile list. Depending on the type of documents that you are
scanning, choose an option.
• For text-based documents or documents containing line art, choose Documents.
• For documents containing graphic images, or for photographs, choose Photo.
The default settings for scanning a document or photo appear automatically.
6. Adjust scanning options as needed.
7. To view how your document appears when scanned, click Preview.
8. To scan the original document, click Scan.
The scanned image is stored in the default Documents folder, in the Scanned Documents
subfolder.
9. You can forward scanned images to an email address or a network folder automatically. To
choose a forwarding option, click Tools, then click Scan Routing. Select your preferred option,
enter the destination details, then click Save.
The scanned images are forwarded to the specified destination.
SSccaannnniinngg ttoo aa DDeesskkttoopp CCoommppuutteerr UUssiinngg aa UUSSBB CCaabbllee
CCoonnnneeccttiioonn
You can import images from the scanner into a folder on your computer using a USB cable
connection, through your scanning software application.
To scan documents to your computer using a USB cable connection, ensure that your system meets
the following requirements:
• Your computer is connected to the printer using an A to B USB cable.
• A suitable scanning application is installed on your computer.
• Suitable scan drivers are installed on your computer:
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
109
Xerox®Apps
– TWAIN/WIA for Windows users
– ICA for Macintosh users
• A compatible operating system is installed. The following operating systems are supported:
– Windows 7 or later
– Mac OS 10.8.x or later
Note: For details about meeting these requirements, contact your system administrator.
To scan a document to your desktop computer using a USB cable connection:
1. Load the original document on the document glass or in the duplex automatic document feeder.
2. At your computer, open the application where you want to scan the image.
3. In the application, ensure that your printer is set as the active scanning device. To acquire the
image, select the appropriate menu item for initiating a new scan.
4. From the scanning source menu, select an option:
• For the document glass, select Flatbed.
• For the duplex automatic document feeder, select Document Feeder.
5. Select other scan driver settings as needed.
6. To preview the document, or to select a portion of the document to scan, select Preview.
The printer scans a preview of the image.
Note: The preview feature is available only for documents loaded on the document glass.
7. To resize the frame, select the corner points, then move them.
8. For most scanning applications, to begin scanning, click Scan.
The printer scans your original documents and saves the images to the output destination
specified in the software application.
Note: Different software applications have different default settings for the output. For
details, refer to the documentation provided with your application.
PPrreevviieewwiinngg aanndd BBuuiillddiinngg JJoobbss
Use the Preview option to view and check scanned images, or to build jobs that contain more than 50
original documents.
If you are using Preview to build a job, divide your job into segments of 50 or fewer pages. After all
the segments are scanned and previewed, the job is processed and sent as a single job.
Note: If the Preview option is hidden from view, refer to Customize and Personalize.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset.
110 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
3. Load your original documents.
• Use the document glass for single pages or for paper that cannot be fed using the duplex
automatic document feeder. Lift the automatic document feeder, then place the original
document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any
staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the
automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the
paper guides so that they fit against the documents.
• For jobs containing more than 50 original documents, divide the documents into segments of
50 or fewer pages. Load segment one into the duplex automatic document feeder.
Note: If you are scanning multiple segments, use the same input area for each segment.
Scan all segments using the document glass, or scan all segments using the automatic
document feeder.
4. Touch the app required.
5. Select the job settings.
6. Touch Preview.
7. If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an
option.
8. To start scanning, touch Preview.
The original documents are scanned and preview images appear on the screen.
9. Scroll through and check the preview images. To change the view orientation, touch Rotate. Do
one of the following.
• To scan more original documents, continue scanning your original documents using the same
input area. After scanning, scroll to the end of the preview images, then touch the Plus icon
(+). Continue this procedure until you have scanned all the original documents.
• To process the job and send the scanned images, touch Send.
• To discard the job, touch X, then touch Delete and Close.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
111
Xerox®Apps
Fax
FFaaxx OOvveerrvviieeww
When you send a fax from the printer control panel, the document is scanned
and transmitted to a fax machine, using a dedicated telephone line. You can
use the Fax feature to fax documents to a fax number, or individual contact, or
to a group of contacts.
You can use the Fax feature to do the following tasks:
• Delay the send of your fax job for up to 24 hours.
• Send a fax from your computer.
• Forward fax documents to an email address.
• Print a fax from a secure folder.
The fax function works best with an analog phone line. Voice-Over-Internet Protocols (VOIPs) such as
FIOS and DSL are not supported. Before you use the fax, configure the Fax Settings to ensure that the
settings are compatible with your local connection and regulations. The Fax Settings include optional
features that you can use to configure the printer for faxing.
Note: Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific
printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
You can adjust various settings for individual Fax jobs and save settings as Presets for future jobs. The
list of features can be customized, and some features could be hidden from view when the app is
installed. To view all available features and to find out more about customizing the Fax App, refer to
Customize and Personalize.
For information about all the app features and available settings, refer to Apps Features.
SSeennddiinngg aa FFaaxx
To send a fax:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous App settings, touch Reset.
112 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
3. Load your original documents.
• Use the document glass for single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex
automatic document feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the original document face
down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any
staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the
document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides
so that they fit against the documents.
4. Touch Fax.
5. Enter recipients:
• To enter a recipient fax number, use the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
Note: To insert a pause as needed, touch the Special Characters icon, then touch Dial
Pause. To enter longer pauses, touch Dial Pause multiple times.
• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch the Address Book icon. Touch
Favorites or Contacts, then select a recipient.
• If you have created Personal Favorites, to select a Personal Favorite, log in with your user
credentials. Touch the Address Book icon. Touch Favorites, then select a Personal Favorite
from the list.
For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating Favorites and Personal
Favorites, refer to Address Book.
6. If scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an option.
7. Adjust fax settings as needed.
For details about available features, refer to Apps Features.
8. Touch Send.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
113
Xerox®Apps
9. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, do one of the following:
• To complete the job and return to the Fax app, touch Done.
• To scan another page, load a new original document on the document glass, then touch Add
Page.
• To delete the scan and return to the Fax app, touch Cancel, then touch Delete.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
FFaaxx WWoorrkkfflloowwss
SSeennddiinngg aa DDeellaayyeedd FFaaxx
You can set a time in the future for the printer to send your fax job. You can delay the send of your
fax job for up to 24 hours.
Note: Before you use this feature, ensure that the printer is set to the current time. For details,
refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
To specify the time to send your fax:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Fax.
3. To add a recipient fax number, use the touch screen keypad, or, to add a contact from the
Address Book, touch the Address Book icon.
4. Load original documents into the printer, then adjust the settings as needed. For details, refer to
Sending a Fax.
5. Touch Delay Send.
6. Touch Specific Time, enter the required time, then touch OK.
7. Touch Send. The fax is scanned and saved, then sent at the time that you specified.
8. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, do one of the following:
• To complete the job and return to the Fax App, touch Done.
• To scan another page, load a new original document on the document glass, then touch Add
Page.
• To delete the scan and return to the Fax App, touch Cancel, then touch Delete.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
114 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
SSeennddiinngg aa CCoovveerr SShheeeett wwiitthh aa FFaaxx
You can send a cover sheet with your fax. The cover sheet lists recipient information from the fax
address book, and sender information from the Company Name Fax Line setting.
To send a cover sheet with a fax:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax.
2. Add fax recipient names and adjust fax settings, as needed. For details, refer to Sending a Fax.
3. Touch Cover Sheet.
4. Touch Add Cover Sheet.
5. To add predefined comments in the From or To fields, touch Blank Comment, then select from
the list of predefined comments.
Note: If no predefined comments have been added, the list is unavailable. To populate the
list with predefined comments, refer to Adding Predefined Comments.
6. Touch OK.
Adding Predefined Comments
To add a predefined comment:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Apps→Fax.
3. Touch Cover Sheet Comments.
4. Select a Not in Use comment.
5. Enter the required text, then touch OK.
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
FFoorrwwaarrddiinngg aa FFaaxx ttoo aann EEmmaaiill AAddddrreessss
You can configure the device to forward faxes to an email address. You can specify the types of faxes
to forward, for example, received faxes, sent faxes, or sent and received faxes. Up to five email
addresses can be set as forwarding addresses.
Note: Before you can forward a fax to an email address, ensure that the following items are set
up:
• Email service is available.
• The SMTP server is identified within the Device App software.
• The Default From address is identified within the Device App software.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
115
Xerox®Apps
• The Fax Forwarding feature is enabled.
The SMTP server and Device Email address can be set up using the Embedded Web Server or the
device Control Panel Connectivity option.
For details about configuring Fax Forwarding, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405docs.
To forward a fax to an email address:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Log in as Admin.
Note: For information on logging in as a system administrator, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
3. Touch Device→Apps→Fax.
4. Touch Fax Forwarding→Fax Forwarding.
5. Select Off,Receive Only,Send Only, or Send & Receive.
6. Touch Add Email. To enter an email address, use the touch screen keypad, or select a contact
from the Address Book.
7. To add a subject line, touch Subject, enter your subject line text, then touch OK.
8. To add a filename for attachments, touch Attachment, then enter a filename.
9. To change the file format for attachments, touch the current format extension, then select a new
format.
Note: The default file format is .pdf.
10. To save the settings, touch OK.
11. For the new settings to take effect, press the Home button. At the prompt, touch Restart Now.
PPrriinnttiinngg aa SSeeccuurree FFaaxx
When the Fax Secure Receive option is enabled, all faxes that the device receives are held in the Jobs
list until you enter a passcode. After you enter the passcode, the faxes are released and printed.
Note: Before you can receive a Secure Fax, ensure that the Secure Fax Receive feature is
enabled. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/
VLC405docs.
To print a secure fax:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Jobs.
2. Touch Personal & Secure Jobs.
3. Touch your assigned private folder.
4. Enter your passcode, then touch OK.
5. Select a job to print, or touch Print All.
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
116 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
SSeennddiinngg aa FFaaxx MMaannuuaallllyy
You can use the Manual Send feature to enable the fax modem speaker temporarily. This feature is
helpful to dial international numbers, or to use phone systems that require you to wait for a specific
audio tone.
To send a fax manually:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax.
2. Touch Manual Send.
Note: To display the menu without entering a fax number, at the top of the screen, touch
Fax.
3. Adjust the fax settings as needed.
4. Touch Dial, then enter a fax number using the touch screen keypad.
5. To send the fax, touch Scan.
6. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, do one of the following steps:
• To complete the job and return to the Fax app, touch Done.
• To scan another page, load a new original document on the document glass, then touch Add
Page.
• To delete the scan and return to the Fax app, touch Cancel, then touch Delete.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
PPoolllliinngg aa RReemmoottee FFaaxx MMaacchhiinnee
Fax Polling allows the printer to retrieve a fax stored on another fax machine that supports fax
polling.
Note: This feature is hidden from view when the Fax App is installed. For more information,
refer to Customize and Personalize.
To poll a remote fax machine:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button, then touch Fax.
2. Touch Polling.
Note: To display the menu without entering a fax number, at the top of the screen, touch
Fax.
3. Enter the fax number of the fax machine that you want to poll.
• To enter a fax number manually, touch Enter Fax Number.
• To add a number from the fax address book, touch the Address Book icon.
4. To initiate the polling process, touch Retrieve.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSeennddiinngg aa FFaaxx FFrroomm YYoouurr CCoommppuutteerr
You can send a fax to the printer from an application on your computer.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
117
Xerox®Apps
Sending a Fax from Windows Applications
You can use the print driver to send a fax from Windows applications.
You can use the fax window to enter recipients, create a cover page with notes, and set options. You
can send a confirmation sheet, set the send speed, resolution, send time, and dialing options.
To send a fax from Windows applications:
1. With the desired document or image open in your application, open the Print dialog box. For
most software applications, click File→Print or press CTRL+P.
2. Select the required printer. To open the print driver dialog box, click Printer Properties.
3. On the Printing Options tab, from the Job Type list, select Fax.
4. In the Fax window, click the Recipients tab.
5. To add recipients manually:
a. Click the Add Recipient icon.
b. Type the recipient name and fax number, then add other information as required.
c. Click OK.
d. To add more recipients, repeat this procedure.
6. To add existing contacts from a phonebook:
a. Click the Add From Phonebook icon.
b. Select the required phonebook from the list.
c. Select names from the list, or search for a contact using the search bar.
d. To add the selected contacts to the Fax Recipients list, click the Down Arrow.
e. Click OK.
f. To add more recipients, repeat this procedure.
7. To include a cover sheet, click the Cover Sheet tab. From the Cover Sheet Options list, select Print
a Cover Sheet. Enter the details as needed, then click OK.
8. On the Options tab, select the required options, then click OK.
9. To save your settings and return to the main print dialog page, click OK.
10. Click Print. In the Fax Confirmation window, click OK.
Sending a Fax from Macintosh Applications
You can use the fax driver to send a fax from many Macintosh applications. To install the fax driver,
refer to Installing the Software.
To send a fax from Macintosh applications:
1. With the desired document or image open in your application, open the Print dialog box. For
most software applications, click File→Print or press CMD+P.
2. Select the required printer.
3. To access the fax driver settings, click Preview, select Xerox Features, then from Job Type list,
select Fax.
4. To add a recipient, in the Fax window, click the Recipients tab, then click the Add Recipient icon.
118 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
5. Type the recipient name and fax number, add other information as needed, then click OK.
6. To add more recipients, repeat this procedure.
7. To include a cover sheet, click the Cover Sheet tab.
8. From the Cover Sheet list, select Print a Cover Sheet, then enter the details as needed.
9. On the Options tab, select the required options. To save your settings and return to the main print
dialog window, click OK.
10. To send the fax, click Print.
PPrreevviieewwiinngg aanndd BBuuiillddiinngg JJoobbss
Use the Preview option to view and check scanned images, or to build jobs that contain more than 50
original documents.
If you are using Preview to build a job, divide your job into segments of 50 or fewer pages. After all
the segments are scanned and previewed, the job is processed and sent as a single job.
Note: If the Preview option is hidden from view, refer to Customize and Personalize.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset.
3. Load your original documents.
• Use the document glass for single pages or for paper that cannot be fed using the duplex
automatic document feeder. Lift the automatic document feeder, then place the original
document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any
staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the
automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the
paper guides so that they fit against the documents.
• For jobs containing more than 50 original documents, divide the documents into segments of
50 or fewer pages. Load segment one into the duplex automatic document feeder.
Note: If you are scanning multiple segments, use the same input area for each segment.
Scan all segments using the document glass, or scan all segments using the automatic
document feeder.
4. Touch the app required.
5. Select the job settings.
6. Touch Preview.
7. If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an
option.
8. To start scanning, touch Preview.
The original documents are scanned and preview images appear on the screen.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
119
Xerox®Apps
9. Scroll through and check the preview images. To change the view orientation, touch Rotate. Do
one of the following.
• To scan more original documents, continue scanning your original documents using the same
input area. After scanning, scroll to the end of the preview images, then touch the Plus icon
(+). Continue this procedure until you have scanned all the original documents.
• To process the job and send the scanned images, touch Send.
• To discard the job, touch X, then touch Delete and Close.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
120 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
Server Fax
SSeerrvveerr FFaaxx OOvveerrvviieeww
Server Fax allows you to send a fax over a network to a fax server. The fax
server sends the fax to a fax machine over a phone line.
Before you can send a server fax, configure a fax filing repository or filing location. The fax server
retrieves the documents from the filing location, then transmits the files over the telephone network.
You can print a confirmation report.
Note: Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific
printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
You can adjust settings for individual server fax jobs, save settings as Presets for future jobs, and
customize server fax features. Some features are hidden from view when the app is installed. To view
all available features and to find out more about customizing the Server Fax App, refer to Customize
and Personalize.
For information about all the app features and available settings, refer to Apps Features.
SSeennddiinngg aa SSeerrvveerr FFaaxx
To send a server fax:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
121
Xerox®Apps
3. Load your original documents.
• Use the document glass for single pages or paper that cannot be fed using the duplex
automatic document feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the original document face
down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any
staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the
document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper guides
so that they fit against the documents.
4. Touch Server Fax.
5. Enter recipients:
• To enter a recipient fax number, use the touch screen keypad, then touch Enter.
Note: To insert a pause as needed, touch the Special Characters icon, then touch Dial
Pause. To enter longer pauses, touch Dial Pause multiple times.
• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch the Address Book icon. Touch
Favorites or Contacts, then select a recipient.
For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating Favorites, refer to
Address Book.
6. If scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an option.
7. Adjust server fax settings as needed.
For details about available features, refer to Apps Features.
8. Touch Send.
122 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
9. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, do one of the following:
• To complete the job and return to the Server Fax App, touch Done.
• To scan another page, load a new original document on the document glass, then touch Add
Page.
• To delete the scan and return to the Server Fax App, touch Cancel, then touch Delete.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the automatic document feeder, a prompt
does not appear.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
SSeennddiinngg aa DDeellaayyeedd SSeerrvveerr FFaaxx
You can set a time in the future for the printer to send your server fax job. You can delay the send of
your server fax job for up to 24 hours.
Note: Delaying the send of your server fax job is not possible if the transfer protocol is SMTP.
Note: Before you use this feature, ensure that the printer is set to the current time. For details,
refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
To specify the time to send your server fax:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Server Fax.
3. To add a recipient fax number, use the touch screen keypad. To add a contact from the Address
Book, touch the Address Book icon.
4. Load original documents into the printer, then adjust the settings as needed. For details, refer to
Sending a Server Fax.
5. Touch Delay Send.
6. Touch Specific Time. Set the numbers to the correct time, then touch OK.
7. Touch Send. The server fax is scanned, saved, then sent at the time that you specified.
8. If you are scanning from the document glass, when prompted, do one of the following:
• To complete the job and return to the Server Fax App, touch Done.
• To scan another page, load a new original document on the document glass, then touch Add
Page.
• To delete the scan and return to the Server Fax App, touch Cancel, then touch Delete.
Note: If you are scanning a document from the duplex automatic document feeder, a
prompt does not appear.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
123
Xerox®Apps
PPrreevviieewwiinngg aanndd BBuuiillddiinngg JJoobbss
Use the Preview option to view and check scanned images, or to build jobs that contain more than 50
original documents.
If you are using Preview to build a job, divide your job into segments of 50 or fewer pages. After all
the segments are scanned and previewed, the job is processed and sent as a single job.
Note: If the Preview option is hidden from view, refer to Customize and Personalize.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To clear previous app settings, touch Reset.
3. Load your original documents.
• Use the document glass for single pages or for paper that cannot be fed using the duplex
automatic document feeder. Lift the automatic document feeder, then place the original
document face down in the upper-left corner of the document glass.
• For single, multiple, or 2-sided pages, use the duplex automatic document feeder. Remove any
staples and paper clips from the pages. Insert the original documents face up in the
automatic document feeder, with the top of the page entering the feeder first. Adjust the
paper guides so that they fit against the documents.
• For jobs containing more than 50 original documents, divide the documents into segments of
50 or fewer pages. Load segment one into the duplex automatic document feeder.
Note: If you are scanning multiple segments, use the same input area for each segment.
Scan all segments using the document glass, or scan all segments using the automatic
document feeder.
4. Touch the app required.
5. Select the job settings.
6. Touch Preview.
7. If you are scanning from 2-sided original documents, touch 2-Sided Scanning, then select an
option.
8. To start scanning, touch Preview.
The original documents are scanned and preview images appear on the screen.
9. Scroll through and check the preview images. To change the view orientation, touch Rotate. Do
one of the following.
• To scan more original documents, continue scanning your original documents using the same
input area. After scanning, scroll to the end of the preview images, then touch the Plus icon
(+). Continue this procedure until you have scanned all the original documents.
• To process the job and send the scanned images, touch Send.
• To discard the job, touch X, then touch Delete and Close.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
124 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
USB
UUSSBB OOvveerrvviieeww
Use the Print from USB feature to print jobs already stored on a USB drive. Jobs
in a print-ready format, such as PDF, TIFF, or JPEG, can be printed.
To create a print-ready file, select the Print to File option when you print your documents from
programs such as Microsoft Word. From advanced publishing programs, there may be several
methods to create print-ready files.
PPrriinnttiinngg ffrroomm aa UUSSBB FFllaasshh DDrriivvee
You can print a file stored on a USB Flash drive. The USB port is on the front of the printer.
Note:
• If the device is in Power Saver mode, before proceeding with the Print job, to wake the
device, press the Power/Wake button.
• Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.
1. Insert the USB Flash drive into the USB memory port on the printer.
2. At the USB Drive has been detected screen, touch Print from USB.
Note: If this feature does not appear, enable the feature or contact the system
administrator. For more information, see the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405docs.
3. Add files using the Browse USB screen.
• To print a group of print-ready files, for the USB drive or folder, touch the Select All icon.
Verify that your files are selected.
• To print a specific file, browse to that file, then touch the file name or icon.
4. Touch OK.
5. Confirm that the required files are listed.
• To select more files, touch Add Documents, then touch OK.
• To remove a file name from the list, touch the file name, then touch Remove.
6. Select the paper supply, quantity, output color, and 2-sided printing options.
7. Touch Print.
8. When you are finished, remove the USB Flash drive.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
125
Xerox®Apps
PPrriinnttiinngg ffrroomm aa UUSSBB FFllaasshh DDrriivvee AAllrreeaaddyy IInnsseerrtteedd iinn
tthhee PPrriinntteerr
1. If the USB Flash drive is already in the USB memory port, press the Home button.
2. Touch Print from USB.
Note: If this feature does not appear, enable the feature or contact the system
administrator. For more information, see the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405docs.
3. Add files using the Browse USB screen.
• To print a group of print-ready files, for the USB drive or folder, touch the Select All icon.
Verify that your files are selected.
• To print a specific file, browse to that file, then touch the file name or icon.
4. Touch OK.
5. Confirm that the desired documents appear. If the documents do not appear, touch Add
Documents, select additional documents, then touch OK.
6. Select the paper supply, quantity, output color, and 2-sided printing options.
7. Touch Print.
126 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Xerox®Apps
@PrintByXerox
@@PPrriinnttBByyXXeerrooxx OOvveerrvviieeww
You can use the Xerox®@PrintByXerox App to print email attachments and
documents sent to your printer from mobile devices.
When your Xerox device is connected to the Internet, the @PrintByXerox App works with
the Xerox®Workplace Cloud for simple email-based printing.
Note: The @PrintByXerox App and Xerox®Workplace Cloud software require specific licenses,
configuration settings, and minimum system specifications. For details, refer to the Xerox®
@PrintByXerox App Quick Start Guide available at www.xerox.com/XeroxAppGallery.
PPrriinnttiinngg wwiitthh tthhee @@PPrriinnttBByyXXeerrooxx AApppp
1. Send an email with an attachment containing a supported file type to Print@printbyxerox.com.
First-time users receive a response email with a user ID and password.
2. At the Xerox device control panel, press the Home button.
3. Touch @PrintByXerox.
4. Enter your email address, then touch Save.
5. On the Enter password screen, use the onscreen keyboard to enter your password, then touch
Save.
6. Select the documents that you want to print.
7. Touch Print Settings, then touch OK.
8. Touch Print.
• The Submitting Jobs to Print message and conversion state appears.
• When the documents begin to print, a green check mark appears.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
127
Xerox®Apps
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
129
5
Printing
This chapter contains:
• Printing Overview ..................................................................................................................... 130
• Selecting Printing Options ........................................................................................................ 131
• Printing Features...................................................................................................................... 137
• Using Custom Paper Sizes ........................................................................................................ 147
Printing Overview
Before printing, your computer and the printer must be plugged in, powered on, and connected.
Ensure that you have the correct print driver software installed on your computer.
1. Select the appropriate paper.
2. Load paper in the appropriate tray. On the printer control panel, specify the size, color, and type.
3. Access the print settings in your software application. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows, or CMD+P for Macintosh.
4. Select your printer.
5. To access the print driver settings:
• For Windows, select Properties or Preferences.
• For Macintosh, select Xerox®Features.
The title of the button can vary depending on your application.
6. Modify the print driver settings as necessary, then click OK.
7. To send the job to the printer, click Print.
130 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
Selecting Printing Options
Printing options, also called print driver software options, are specified as Printing preferences in
Windows and Xerox®Features in Macintosh. Printing options include settings for 2-sided printing,
page layout, and print quality. Printing options that are set from Printing preferences within the
Devices and Printers window become the default setting. Printing options that are set from within the
software application are temporary. The application and the computer do not save the settings after
the application is closed.
PPrriinntt DDrriivveerr HHeellpp
Xerox®print driver software Help information is available from the Printing Preferences window. Click
the Help button (?) in the bottom, left corner of the Printing Preferences window to see the Help.
Information about Printing Preferences appears in the Help window. From there, you can select by
topic or use the search field to enter the topic or function for which you need information.
WWiinnddoowwss PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss
SSeelleeccttiinngg PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss ffoorr aann IInnddiivviidduuaall JJoobb ffoorr WWiinnddoowwss
To use special printing options for a particular job, you can change the Printing Preferences before
sending the job to the printer.
1. With the document open in your software application, access the print settings. For most
software applications, click File→Print or press CTRL+P.
2. Select your printer and click the Properties or Preferences button to open the Printing
Preferences window. The title of the button can vary depending on your application.
3. Click a tab in the Printing Preferences window, then make selections.
4. To save and close the Printing Preferences window, click OK.
5. To send the job to the printer, click Print.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
131
Printing
SSeettttiinngg DDeeffaauulltt PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss ffoorr WWiinnddoowwss
When you print from any software application, the printer uses the print job settings specified in the
Printing Preferences window. You can specify your most common printing options and save them so
that you do not have to change the settings every time you print.
For example, if you want to print on both sides of the paper for most jobs, specify 2-sided printing in
Printing Preferences.
1. Navigate to the list of printers on your computer:
• For Windows Server 2008 and later, click Start→Settings→Printers.
• For Windows 7, click Start→Devices and Printers.
• For Windows 8.1 and Windows 10, right-click the Start icon→Control Panel→Devices and
Printers.
Note: If you are using a custom Start menu application, it can change the navigation path
to your list of printers.
2. In the list of printers, right-click the icon for your printer, then click Printing preferences.
3. In the Printing Preferenceswindow, click a tab, then select the options. To save the settings, click
OK.
Note: For more information about Windows print driver options, click the Helpbutton (?) in the
Printing Preferenceswindow.
SSeelleeccttiinngg PPrriinnttiinngg DDeeffaauullttss iinn WWiinnddoowwss ffoorr aa SShhaarreedd NNeettwwoorrkk
PPrriinntteerr
1. Navigate to the list of printers on your computer:
• For Windows Server 2008 and later, click Start→Settings→Printers.
• For Windows 7, click Start→Devices and Printers.
• For Windows 8.1 and Windows 10, right-click the Start icon→Control Panel→Devices and
Printers.
Note: If you are using a custom Start menu application, it can change the navigation path
to your list of printers.
2. In the list of printers, right-click the icon for your printer, then select Printer properties.
3. In the printer Properties dialog box, click the Advanced tab.
4. On the Advanced tab, click Printing Defaults.
5. Make your selections on the Print Driver tabs as needed, then click Apply.
6. To save the settings, click OK.
SSaavviinngg aa SSeett ooff CCoommmmoonnllyy UUsseedd PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss ffoorr WWiinnddoowwss
You can define and save a set of options, so that you can apply them to future print jobs. In Xerox®
App Gallery, you can save an app as default, so you can have app-by-app default settings for printing.
To save a set of printing options:
1. With the document open in your application, click File→Print.
2. To open the Printing Preferences window, select your printer, then click Properties or Preferences.
132 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
3. In the Printing Properties window, click the tabs, then select the required settings.
4. In the Printing Properties window, click Saved Settings, then click Save As.
5. To save the set of options in the Saved Settings list, type a name for the set of printing options,
then click OK.
MMaacciinnttoosshh PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss
SSeelleeccttiinngg PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss ffoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh
To use specific printing options, change the settings before sending the job to the printer.
1. With the document open in your application, click File→Print.
2. Select your printer.
3. In the Print Options menu, select Xerox Features.
Note: To see all printing options, click Show Details.
4. Select any other required printing options from the lists.
5. To send the job to the printer, click Print.
SSaavviinngg aa SSeett ooff CCoommmmoonnllyy UUsseedd PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss ffoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh
You can define and save a set of options, so that you can apply them to future print jobs.
To save a set of printing options:
1. With the document open in your application, click File→Print.
2. Select your printer from the Printers list.
3. Select the required printing options from the lists in the Print dialog box.
Note: To see all printing options, click Show Details.
4. Click Presets→Save Current Settings as Preset.
5. Type a name for the printing options. To save the set of options in the Presets list, click OK.
6. To print using these options, select the name from the Presets list.
UUNNIIXX aanndd LLiinnuuxx PPrriinnttiinngg
The Xerox®Print Driver package provides tools for you to manage printers connected in UNIX and
Linux environments.
The Xerox®print drivers provide a GUI-based (Graphical User Interface) driver dialog for printer
feature selections. You can select print drivers based on your operating system.
XXeerrooxx®® PPrriinntteerr MMaannaaggeerr
Xerox®Printer Manager is an application that allows you to manage and print to multiple printers in
UNIX and Linux environments.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
133
Printing
Xerox®Printer Manager allows you to:
• Configure and check the status of network connected printers.
• Set up a printer on your network and monitor the operation of the printer once installed.
• Perform maintenance checks and view supplies status at any time.
• Provide a common look and feel across the many different suppliers of UNIX and Linux operating
systems.
Installing Xerox®Printer Manager
Before you begin, ensure that you have root or superuser privileges to install Xerox®Printer Manager.
To install Xerox®Printer Manager:
1. Download the appropriate package for your operating system. To locate print drivers for your
printer, go to www.xerox.com/office/VLC405drivers.
2. On the print driver website, navigate to your printer model.
3. For your printer model, click Drivers & Downloads.
4. From the Operating System menu, select your operating system.
5. To identify the print driver for your printer model, review the list of available print drivers.
Note: For additional information on each driver, click Description.
6. To select the print driver for your printer model and operating system, click the print driver name.
7. To begin the download, read the End User License Agreement, then click Accept.
The file automatically downloads to the default location for your computer file downloads.
8. To install the Xerox®Print Driver package:
a. Open the package with your OS package manager.
b. To install using a command-line utility, change to the directory where you downloaded the
file. To run the installer, type the appropriate command-line utility for your operating system.
For example:
•Red Hat: rpm -U <filename>.rpm
•Debian-based Linux: dpkg -i <filename>.deb
•AIX: rpm -U <filename>.rpm
•HPUX: <filename>.depot.gz
•Solaris: pkgadd -d <filename>.pkg
Note: Most installations create a Xerox directory in /opt/Xerox/prtsys. For additional
information about utilities included in the OS package manager, refer to the manual
included with the package. For example, man xeroxprtmgr.
Launching Xerox®Printer Manager
To launch Xerox®Printer Manager, do one of the following tasks.
• For UNIX, log in as root. From a terminal window, type xosdprtmgr, then press Enter or Return.
• For Linux, type sudo xeroxprtmgr, then press Enter or Return.
134 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
PPrriinnttiinngg wwiitthh xxeerrooxxpprriinntt
Xerox has its own print command. You can use the following command:
xeroxprint -d<Some_Queue→-o[Options] <Somefile
PPrriinnttiinngg ffrroomm aa LLiinnuuxx WWoorrkkssttaattiioonn
To print from a Linux workstation, install either a Xerox®print driver for Linux or a CUPS (Common
UNIX Printing System) print driver. You do not need both drivers.
Xerox recommends that you install one of the full-featured custom print drivers for Linux. To locate
drivers for your printer, go to www.xerox.com/drivers.
If you use CUPS, ensure that CUPS is installed and running on your workstation. The instructions for
installing and building CUPS are contained in the CUPS Software Administrators Manual, written and
copyrighted by Easy Software Products. For complete information on CUPS printing capabilities, refer
to the CUPS Software Users Manual available from www.cups.org/documentation.php.
Installing the PPD File on the Workstation
1. If available, download the Xerox®PPD for CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) from the
Drivers and Downloads page on the Xerox Support website.
2. Copy the PPD file into the CUPS ppd/Xerox folder on your workstation. If you are unsure of the
location of the folder, use the Find command to locate the PPD files.
3. Follow the instructions that are included with the PPD file.
Adding the Printer
1. Verify that the CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System) daemon is running.
2. Open a Web browser and type http://localhost:631/admin, then click Enter or Return.
3. For User ID, type root. For password, type the root password.
4. Click Add Printer, then follow the onscreen prompts to add the printer to the CUPS printer list.
Printing with CUPS (Common UNIX Printing System)
CUPS supports the use of both the System V (lp) and Berkeley (lpr) printing commands.
1. To print to a specific printer in System V, type lp -dprinter filename, then click Enter.
2. To print to a specific printer in Berkeley, type lpr -Pprinter filename, then click Enter.
MMoobbiillee PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss
This printer can print from iOS and Android mobile devices. For more information, refer to Configuring
Google Cloud Print.
PPrriinnttiinngg wwiitthh WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt
You can connect to your printer from a Wi-Fi mobile device, such as a tablet, computer, or
smartphone, using Wi-Fi Direct.
For details, refer to Connecting to Wi-Fi Direct.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
135
Printing
For details on using Wi-Fi Direct, refer to the documentation provided with your mobile device.
Note: Depending on which mobile device you are using, the printing procedure varies.
PPrriinnttiinngg wwiitthh AAiirrPPrriinntt
You can print directly from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac using AirPrint®. To enable AirPrint®
for your printer, refer to Configuring AirPrint. To use AirPrint®, ensure that your mobile device is
connected to the same wireless network as the printer.
To print with AirPrint®:
1. Open the email, photograph, website page, or document that you want to print.
2. Tap the Action icon.
3. Tap Print.
4. Select your printer, then set the printer options.
5. Tap Print.
PPrriinnttiinngg ffrroomm aa MMOOPPRRIIAA--EEnnaabblleedd MMoobbiillee DDeevviiccee
MOPRIA™is a software feature that enables users to print from mobile devices without requiring a
print driver. You can use MOPRIA™to print from your mobile device to MOPRIA™-enabled printers.
Note:
• MOPRIA™and all of its required protocols are enabled by default.
• Ensure that you have the latest version of the MOPRIA™Print Service installed on your
mobile device. You can obtain a free download from the Google Play Store.
• Wireless devices must join the same wireless network as the printer.
• The name and location of your printer appears in a list of MOPRIA™-enabled printers on
connected devices.
To print using MOPRIA™, follow the directions provided with your mobile device.
136 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
Printing Features
MMaannaaggiinngg JJoobbss
From the Jobs window in the Embedded Web Server, you can view a list of active and completed print
jobs.
From the control panel Jobs menu, you can view lists of active jobs, secure jobs, or completed jobs.
You can pause, delete, print, or view job progress or job details for a selected job. When you send a
secure print job, the job is held until you release it by typing a passcode at the control panel. For more
information, see Printing Special Job Types.
PPaauussiinngg tthhee PPrriinntt JJoobb wwiitthh tthhee OOppttiioonn ttoo DDeelleettee IItt
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Jobs, then touch the name of the print job.
3. Do one of the following:
• To pause the print job, touch Pause. To resume the print job, touch Resume.
• To delete the print job, touch Delete. At the prompt, touch Delete.
Note: If you do not make a selection within 60 seconds, the job resumes automatically.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
VViieewwiinngg,, PPrriinnttiinngg,, oorr DDeelleettiinngg JJoobbss
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To view a list of active and completed jobs, touch Jobs.
3. To view a list of specific job types, touch an option.
• To view Saved Jobs, touch Saved Jobs. To print the job, touch the job, enter the quantity, then
touch OK. To delete the job, touch the Trash icon, then touch Delete.
• To view Personal Jobs, touch Personal & Secure Jobs. To print the jobs, touch the folder, then
touch Print All, or Delete All.
• For Secure Jobs, touch Personal & Secure Jobs. Touch the folder, enter the passcode number,
then touch OK. To print a Secure Job, touch the job. To print or delete all the jobs in the folder,
touch Print All, or Delete All.
4. To view details about a job, touch the job.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Note:
• The system administrator can restrict users from deleting jobs. If a system administrator
has restricted job deletion, you can view the jobs, but not delete them.
• Only the user that sent the job or the system administrator can delete a Secure Print job.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
137
Printing
PPrriinnttiinngg SSppeecciiaall JJoobb TTyyppeess
Special job types allow you to send a print job from your computer, then print it from the printer
control panel. To select special job types from the print driver, select Printing Options→Job Type.
PPrriinnttiinngg aa SSaavveedd JJoobb
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties. Depending on your application, the title of the button
can vary.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, click Print Options, then select Xerox Features.
3. For Job Type, select Saved Job.
4. Type a job name or select a name from the list, then click OK.
5. Select any other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK, then click Print.
• For Macintosh, click Print.
PPrriinnttiinngg aa SSeeccuurree PPrriinntt JJoobb
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties. Depending on your application, the title of the button
varies.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, click Preview, then select Xerox Features.
3. For Job Type, select Secure Print.
4. Type the passcode, confirm the passcode, then click OK.
5. Select any other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK, then click Print.
• For Macintosh, click Print.
PPrriinnttiinngg aa PPeerrssoonnaall PPrriinntt JJoobb
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, click
File→Print or for Windows, press CTRL+P.
2. Select your printer, then click Printer Properties. Depending on your application, the title of the
button varies.
3. For Job Type, select Personal Print.
4. Select any other required printing options, then click OK.
5. To send the job to the printer, click Print.
138 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
PPrriinnttiinngg aa SSaammppllee SSeett
1. In your software application, access the print settings. For most software applications, press CTRL
+P for Windows or CMD+P for Macintosh.
2. Select your printer, then open the print driver.
• For Windows, click Printer Properties. Depending on your application, the title of the button
varies.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, click Preview, then select Xerox Features.
3. For Job Type, select Sample Set.
4. Select any other required printing options.
• For Windows, click OK, then click Print.
• For Macintosh, click Print.
SSeelleeccttiinngg PPaappeerr OOppttiioonnss ffoorr PPrriinnttiinngg
There are two ways to select the paper for your print job. You can let the printer select which paper to
use based on the document size, paper type, and paper color you specify. You can also select a
specific tray loaded with the desired paper.
• For Windows, paper options are in the Paper field on the Printing Options tab.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, in Xerox Features, paper options are in the Paper field for
Paper/Output.
SSccaalliinngg
Scaling reduces or enlarges the original document to match the selected output paper size.
• For Windows, the scale options are on the Printing Options tab, in the Paper field.
• For Macintosh, the scale options are in the Print window. To view more printing options, click Show
Details.
The following scaling options are available:
•Automatically Scale scales the document to fit the selected Output Paper Size. The scaling
amount appears in the percentage box below the sample image.
•No Scaling does not change the size of the page image printed on the output paper, and 100%
appears in the percentage box. If the original size is larger than the output size, the page image is
cropped. If the original size is smaller than the output size, extra space appears around the page
image.
•Manually Scale scales the document by the amount entered in the percentage box below the
preview image.
PPrriinnttiinngg oonn BBootthh SSiiddeess ooff tthhee PPaappeerr
PPrriinnttiinngg aa 22--SSiiddeedd DDooccuummeenntt
If your printer supports Automatic 2-Sided Printing, the options are specified in the print driver. The
print driver uses the settings for portrait or landscape orientation from the application for printing the
document.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
139
Printing
Note: Ensure that the paper size and weight are supported. For more information, refer to
Supported Paper Types and Weights for Automatic 2-Sided Printing.
22--SSiiddeedd PPaaggee LLaayyoouutt OOppttiioonnss
You can specify the page layout for 2-sided printing, which determines how the printed pages turn.
These settings override the application page orientation settings.
•1-Sided Print: This option prints on one side of the media. Use this option when printing on
envelopes, labels, or other media that cannot be printed on both sides.
•2-Sided Print: This option prints the job on both sides of the paper to allow binding on the long
edge of the paper. The following illustrations show the result for documents with portrait and
landscape orientation, respectively:
•2-Sided Print, Flip on Short Edge: This option prints on both sides of the paper. The images print
to allow binding on the short edge of the paper. The following illustrations show the result for
documents with portrait and landscape orientations, respectively:
Note: 2-Sided Printing is part of the Earth Smart settings.
To change your default print driver settings, refer to Setting Default Printing Options for Windows.
PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy
Print-quality modes:
• Standard print-quality mode: 600 x 600 dpi
• Enhanced print-quality mode: 600 x 600 dpi, 8-bit depth
IImmaaggee OOppttiioonnss
Image options controls how the printer uses color to produce your document. The Windows PostScript
print driver and the Macintosh print drivers provide the widest range of color controls and corrections
on the Image Options tab.
• For Windows, Color Corrections, and Color Adjustment are on the Image Options tab.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, in Xerox Features, Color Options is on the Paper/Output list.
The following options are available:
140 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
•Xerox Black and White: This feature converts all color in the document to black and white or
shades of gray.
•Xerox Automatic Color: This option applies the best color correction to text, graphics, and images.
Xerox recommends this setting.
•Vivid RGB: This setting produces brighter and more saturated colors using red, green, and blue
color.
•Commercial: This option applies color for printing on a commercial printing press.
•LCD: This option approximately matches the colors in the print job to the colors used by your
computer monitor display screen.
•Euroscale Press: This option matches the European FOGRA glossy paper specification.
•None: This option provides no color correction.
•sRGB: This option approximates the colors in the print job to the red, green, and blue (RGB)
configuration of your computer monitor display screen.
IImmaaggee SShhiifftt
Image Shift allows you to modify the location of the image on the page. You can shift the printed
image along the X and Y axes of each sheet of paper.
CCoolloorr AAddjjuussttmmeennttss
Use Color Adjustments to adjust particular characteristics of the printed color. Characteristics include
lightness, contrast, saturation, and color cast.
Note: Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific
printer model, configuration, operating system, or driver type.
LLiigghhttnneessss
The Lightness feature allows you to adjust the overall lightness or darkness of the text and images in
your printed job.
CCoonnttrraasstt
You can use the Contrast feature to adjust the variation between light and dark areas of the print job.
SSaattuurraattiioonn
Saturation allows you to adjust the color strength and the amount of gray in the color.
CCoolloorr CCaasstt
Use Color Cast settings to adjust the amount of a selected color in the print job while preserving
lightness.
The following options are available:
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
141
Printing
• The Cyan to Red option allows you to adjust the color balance between cyan and red. For
example, when you increase the cyan levels, the red levels decrease.
• The Magenta to Green option allows you to adjust the color balance between magenta and
green. For example, when you increase the magenta levels, the green levels decrease.
• The Yellow to Blue option allows you to adjust the color balance between yellow and blue. For
example, when you increase the yellow levels, the blue levels decrease.
PPrriinnttiinngg MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggeess
If the PostScript driver is installed, you can print pages as a mirror image. Images mirror left to right
when printed.
PPrriinnttiinngg MMuullttiippllee PPaaggeess ttoo aa SSiinnggllee SShheeeett
When printing a multiple-page document, you can print more than one page on a single sheet of
paper.
To print 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16 pages per side, select Pages Per Sheet on the Pages Per Sheet Page Layout
tab.
• For Windows, Page Layout is on the Document Options tab.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, Layout is on the Preview list.
To print a border around each page, select Page Borders.
PPrriinnttiinngg BBooookklleettss
With 2-sided printing, you can print a document in the form of a small booklet. You can create
booklets from any paper size that is supported for 2-sided printing.
The print driver automatically reduces each page image and prints four page images per sheet of
paper, two page images on each side. The pages are printed in the correct order so that you can fold
and staple the pages to create the booklet.
• For Windows, Booklet Layout is on the Page Layout tab. Page Layout is on the Document Options
tab.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, in Xerox Features, Booklet Layout is on the Paper/Output list.
When you print booklets using the Windows PostScript or Macintosh driver, you can specify the gutter
and creep.
142 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
•Gutter: Specifies the horizontal distance in points between the page images. A point is 0.35 mm
(1/72 in.).
•Creep: Specifies how much the page images shift outward in tenths of a point. Shifting
compensates for the thickness of the folded paper, which can cause the page images to shift
outward slightly when folded. You can select a value from zero to 1 point.
Gutter Creep
UUssiinngg SSppeecciiaall PPaaggeess
The Special Pages options control how covers, inserts, and exception pages are added to your printed
document.
• For Windows, the Special Pages tab is on the Document Options tab.
• For Macintosh, in the Print window, in Xerox Features, Special Pages is in the Paper field for Paper/
Output.
PPrriinnttiinngg CCoovveerr PPaaggeess
A cover page is the first or last page of a document. You can select paper sources for the cover pages
that are different from the source used for the body of a document. For example, you can use your
company letterhead for the first page of a document. You can also use heavyweight paper for the
first and last pages of a report. You can use any applicable paper tray as the source for printing cover
pages.
Select one of these options for printing cover pages:
•No Covers: This option does not print cover pages. No cover pages are added to the document.
•Front Only: This option prints the first page on paper from the specified tray.
•Back Only: This option prints the back page on paper from the specified tray.
•Front and Back: Same prints the front and back cover pages from the same tray.
•Front and Back: Different prints the front and back cover pages from different trays.
After making a selection for printing the cover pages, you can select the paper for the front and back
covers by size, color, or type. You can also use blank or pre-printed paper, and you can print side one,
side two, or both sides of the cover pages.
PPrriinnttiinngg IInnsseerrtt PPaaggeess
You can add blank or pre-printed insert pages before page one of each document or after designated
pages within a document. Adding an insert after designated pages within a document separates
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
143
Printing
sections, or acts as a marker or placeholder. Ensure that you specify the paper to use for the insert
pages.
•Insert Options provides the options to place an insert After Page X, where X is the specified page,
or Before Page 1.
•Insert Quantity specifies the number of pages to insert at each location.
•Pages: Specifies the page or range of pages that use the exception page characteristics. Separate
individual pages or page ranges with commas. Specify pages within a range with a hyphen. For
example, to specify pages 1, 6, 9, 10, and 11, type 1,6,9-11.
•Paper: Displays the default size, color, and type of paper selected in Use Job Settings.
•Job Setting: Displays the attributes of the paper for the remainder of the job.
PPrriinnttiinngg EExxcceeppttiioonn PPaaggeess
Exception pages have different settings from the rest of the pages in the job. You can specify
differences such as page size, page type, and page color. You can also change the side of the paper
on which to print as your job requires. A print job can contain multiple exceptions.
For example, your print job contains 30 pages. You want five pages to print on only one side of a
special paper, and the remainder of the pages printed 2-sided on regular paper. You can use
exception pages to print the job.
In the Add Exceptions window, you can set the characteristics of the exception pages and select the
alternate paper source:
•Pages: Specifies the page or range of pages that use the exception page characteristics. Separate
individual pages or page ranges with commas. Specify pages within a range with a hyphen. For
example, to specify pages 1, 6, 9, 10, and 11, type 1,6,9-11.
•Paper: Displays the default size, color, and type of paper selected in Use Job Settings.
•2-Sided Printing allows you to select 2-sided printing options. Click the Down arrow to select an
option:
–1-Sided Print prints the exception pages on one side only.
–2-Sided Print prints the exception pages on both sides of the paper and flips the pages on
the long edge. The job then can be bound on the long edge of the pages.
–2-Sided Print, Flip on Short Edge prints the exception pages on both sides of the paper and
flips the pages on the short edge. The job then can be bound on the short edge of the pages.
–Use Job Setting prints the job using the attributes shown in the Job Settings box.
•Job Setting: Displays the attributes of the paper for the remainder of the job.
Note: Some combinations of 2-sided printing with certain paper types and sizes can produce
unexpected results.
144 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
PPrriinnttiinngg WWaatteerrmmaarrkkss ffoorr WWiinnddoowwss
A watermark is special-purpose text that can be printed across one or more pages. For example, you
can add a word like Copy, Draft, or Confidential as a watermark instead of stamping it on a document
before distribution.
Note:
• This feature is available only on a Windows computer printing to a network printer.
• Not all options listed are supported on all printers. Some options apply only to a specific
printer model, configuration, operating system, or print driver type.
• Watermarks are not supported for some print drivers when booklet is selected or when more
than one page is printed on a sheet of paper.
To print a watermark:
1. In the print driver, click the Document Options tab.
2. Click the Watermark tab.
3. From the Watermark menu, select the watermark. You can choose from preset watermarks, or
create a customized watermark. You can also manage watermarks from this menu.
4. Under Text, select an option:
•Text: Enter the text in the field, then specify the font.
•Time Stamp: Specify the date and time options, then specify the font.
•Picture: To locate the picture, click the Browse icon.
5. Specify the scaling angle and position of the watermark:
• Select the scaling option that specifies the size of the picture in relation to the original image.
Use the arrows to scale the image in increments of 1%.
• To define the angle of the image on the page, specify the position option or to rotate the
image left or right by increments of 1, use the arrows.
• To define the location of the image on the page, specify the position option, or to move the
image in each direction in increments of 1, use the arrows.
6. Under Layering, select how to print the watermark:
•Print in Background: This option prints the watermark behind the text and graphics in the
document.
•Blend: This option combines the watermark with the text and graphics in the document. A
blended watermark is translucent, so you can see both the watermark and the document
content.
•Print in Foreground: This option prints the watermark over the text and graphics in the
document.
7. Click Pages, then select the pages to print the watermark:
•Print on All Pages: This option prints the watermark on all pages of your document.
•Print on Page 1 Only: This option prints the watermark only on the first page of the
document.
8. If you select a picture as a watermark, specify the lightness settings for the image.
9. Click OK.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Orientation allows you to select the direction that the page prints.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
145
Printing
• For Windows, the Orientation tab is on the Document Options tab.
Note: The orientation setting in your application print dialog box may override the orientation
options in the print driver.
• For Macintosh, Orientation options are in the Print window.
The following options are available:
•Portrait: Orients the paper so that the text and images print across the short dimension of the
paper.
•Landscape: Orients the paper so that the text and images print across the long dimension of the
paper.
•Rotated Landscape: Orients the paper so that the content is rotated 180 degrees and with the
long bottom side up.
Note: For Macintosh, to print portrait text and images in landscape orientation, clear
the Auto Rotate check box.
PPrriinnttiinngg BBaannnneerr PPaaggeess
To enable or disable Banner Pages, contact your system administrator, or see the System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
SSeelleeccttiinngg JJoobb CCoommpplleettiioonn NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonn ffoorr WWiinnddoowwss
You can select to be notified when your job finishes printing. A message appears on your computer
screen with the name of the job and the name of the printer where it was printed.
Note: This feature is only available on a Windows computer printing to a network printer.
To select job completion notification from the Advanced tab:
1. Click Notifications.
2. Click Notify for Completed Jobs, then select an option.
•Enabled: This option turns on notifications.
•Disabled: This option turns off the Notification feature.
3. Click OK.
146 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
Using Custom Paper Sizes
You can print on custom paper sizes that are within the minimum and maximum size range supported
by the printer. For more information, refer to Supported Custom Paper Sizes.
PPrriinnttiinngg oonn CCuussttoomm PPaappeerr SSiizzeess
Note: Before printing on a custom paper size, use the Custom Paper Sizesfeature in Printer
Properties to define the custom size. For more information, refer to Defining Custom Paper
Sizes.
PPrriinnttiinngg oonn CCuussttoomm PPaappeerr SSiizzee ffrroomm WWiinnddoowwss
Note: Before printing on custom-size paper, define the custom size in the Printer Properties.
1. Load the custom-size paper in the tray.
2. In the application, click File→Print, then select your printer.
3. In the Print dialog box, click Printer Properties.
4. On the Printing Options tab, from the Paper list, select the required custom paper size and type.
5. Select any other required options, then click OK.
6. In the Print dialog box, click Print.
PPrriinnttiinngg oonn CCuussttoomm--SSiizzee PPaappeerr ffrroomm aa MMaacciinnttoosshh CCoommppuutteerr
1. Load the custom-size paper.
2. In the application, click File→Print.
3. From the Paper Size list, select the custom paper size.
4. Click Print.
DDeeffiinniinngg CCuussttoomm PPaappeerr SSiizzeess
To print custom paper sizes, define the custom width and length of the paper in the print driver
software and on the printer control panel. When setting the paper size, ensure that you specify the
same size as the paper in the tray. Setting the wrong size paper can cause a printer error. Print driver
settings override control panel settings when you print using the print driver software on your
computer.
CCrreeaattiinngg aanndd SSaavviinngg CCuussttoomm PPaappeerr SSiizzeess iinn tthhee PPrriinntt DDrriivveerr
You can print custom-size paper from any paper tray. Custom-size paper settings are saved in the
print driver and are available for you to select in all your applications.
For more information on supported paper sizes for each tray, refer to Supported Custom Paper Sizes.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
147
Printing
Creating and Saving Custom Sizes for Windows
1. In the print driver, click the Printing Options tab.
2. For Paper, click the arrow, then select Other Size→Advanced Paper Size→Output Paper
Size→New.
3. In the New Custom Paper Size window, enter the height and width of the new paper size.
4. To specify the units of measurement, at the bottom of the window, click the Measurements
button, then select Inches or Millimeters.
5. To save, in the Name field, type a title for the new size, then click OK.
Creating and Saving Custom Sizes for Macintosh
1. In the application, click File→Print.
2. Click Paper Size, then select Manage Custom Sizes.
3. To add a new size, in the Manage Paper Sizes window, click the Plus icon (+).
4. Double-click Untitled, then type a name for the new custom paper size.
5. Enter the height and width of the new custom paper size.
6. Click the arrow for the Non-Printable Area field, then select the printer from the list. Or, for User
Defined margins, set the top, bottom, right, and left margins.
7. To save the settings, click OK.
DDeeffiinniinngg aa CCuussttoomm PPaappeerr SSiizzee aatt tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
You can print custom-size paper from any paper tray. Custom-size paper settings are saved in the
print driver and are available for you to select in all your applications.
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Paper Trays.
3. Touch the desired tray for your custom-size paper.
4. Touch the current paper size setting, then from the list, touch Custom.
5. In the Custom Paper Size screen, enter the height and width of the new paper size.
6. To save the setting, touch OK.
7. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
148 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Printing
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
149
6
Paper and Media
This chapter contains:
• Supported Paper ...................................................................................................................... 150
• Loading Paper.......................................................................................................................... 155
• Printing on Special Paper.......................................................................................................... 162
Supported Paper
Your printer is designed to use various paper and other media types. To ensure the best print quality
and to avoid jams, follow the guidelines in this section.
For best results, use Xerox paper and media recommended for your printer.
RReeccoommmmeennddeedd MMeeddiiaa
A list of paper and media recommended for your printer is available at:
•www.xerox.com/rmlna Recommended Media List (United States)
•www.xerox.com/rmleu Recommended Media List (Europe)
OOrrddeerriinngg PPaappeerr
To order paper or other media, contact your local reseller or visit www.xerox.com/supplies.
GGeenneerraall PPaappeerr LLooaaddiinngg GGuuiiddeelliinneess
• Do not overfill the paper trays. Do not load paper above the maximum fill line in the tray.
• Adjust the paper guides to fit the paper size.
• Fan paper before loading it in the paper tray.
• If excessive jams occur, use paper or other approved media from a new package.
• Do not print on label media after a label has been removed from a sheet.
• Use only paper envelopes. Print envelopes 1-sided only.
PPaappeerr TThhaatt CCaann DDaammaaggee YYoouurr PPrriinntteerr
Some paper and other media types can cause poor output quality, increased paper jams, or damage
your printer. Do not use the following:
• Rough or porous paper
• Inkjet paper
• Non-laser glossy or coated paper
• Paper that has been photocopied
• Paper that has been folded or wrinkled
• Paper with cutouts or perforations
• Stapled paper
• Envelopes with windows, metal clasps, side seams, or adhesives with release strips
• Padded envelopes
• Plastic media
• Transparencies
150 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
Caution: The Xerox Warranty, Service Agreement, or Xerox Total Satisfaction Guarantee does
not cover damage caused by using unsupported paper or specialty media. The Xerox Total
Satisfaction Guarantee is available in the United States and Canada. Coverage could vary
outside these areas. Please contact your local representative for details.
PPaappeerr SSttoorraaggee GGuuiiddeelliinneess
Storing your paper and other media properly contributes to optimum print quality.
• Store paper in dark, cool, relatively dry locations. Most paper is susceptible to damage from
ultraviolet and visible light. Ultraviolet light, from the sun and fluorescent bulbs, is particularly
damaging to paper.
• Reduce the exposure of paper to strong lights for long periods of time.
• Maintain constant temperatures and relative humidity.
• Avoid storing paper in attics, kitchens, garages, or basements. These spaces are more likely to
collect moisture.
• Store paper flat, either on pallets, cartons, shelves, or in cabinets.
• Avoid food or drinks in the area where paper is stored or handled.
• Do not open sealed packages of paper until you are ready to load the paper into the printer.
Leave stored paper in the original packaging. The paper wrapper protects the paper from moisture
loss or gain.
• Some special media is packaged inside resealable plastic bags. Store the media inside the bag
until you are ready to use it. Keep unused media in the bag and reseal it for protection.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
151
Paper and Media
SSuuppppoorrtteedd PPaappeerr TTyyppeess aanndd WWeeiigghhttss
Trays Paper Types Weights
All Trays Recycled 60–105 g/m²
2-Sided 60–163 g/m²²
Bond
Hole-Punched
Letterhead
Plain
Preprinted
75–105 g/m²
Lightweight Cardstock
Lightweight Glossy Cardstock
106–163 g/m²
Cardstock
Glossy Cardstock
164–220 g/m²
Bypass Tray Envelopes
Labels
60–216 g/m²
SSuuppppoorrtteedd SSttaannddaarrdd PPaappeerr SSiizzeess
Tray European Standard Sizes North American Standard Sizes
All Trays A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
A5 (148 x 210 mm, 5.8 x 8.3 in.)
215 x 315 mm, 8.5 x 12.4 in.
Legal (216 x 356 mm, 8.5 x 14 in.)
Folio (216 x 330 mm, 8.5 x 13 in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x 10.5 in.)
203 x 254 mm, 8 x 10 in.
Bypass Tray C5 envelope (162 x 229 mm, 6.4 x 9 in.)
C6 envelope (114 x 162 mm, 4.5 x 6.38 in.)
DL envelope (110 x 220 mm, 4.33 x 8.66
in.)
Monarch envelope (98 x 190 mm, 3.9 x 7.5
in.)
No. 10 envelope (241 x 105 mm, 4.1 x 9.5
in.)
Postcard (102 x 152 mm, 4 x 6 in.)
127 x 178 mm, 5 x 7 in.
Statement (140 x 216 mm, 5.5 x 8.5 in.)
152 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
SSuuppppoorrtteedd SSttaannddaarrdd PPaappeerr SSiizzeess ffoorr AAuuttoommaattiicc 22--
SSiiddeedd PPrriinnttiinngg
Note: For the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder, refer to Document Feeder Guidelines.
European Standard Sizes North American Standard Sizes
A4 (210 x 297 mm, 8.3 x 11.7 in.)
A5 (148 x 210 mm, 5.8 x 8.3 in.)
215 x 315 mm, 8.5 x 12.4 in.
B5 ISO (176 x 250 mm, 6.9 x 9.8 in.)
Legal (216 x 356 mm, 8.5 x 14 in.)
Letter (216 x 279 mm, 8.5 x 11 in.)
Folio (216 x 330 mm, 8.5 x 13 in.)
Executive (184 x 267 mm, 7.25 x 10.5 in.)
203 x 254 mm, 8 x 10 in.
SSuuppppoorrtteedd PPaappeerr TTyyppeess aanndd WWeeiigghhttss ffoorr AAuuttoommaattiicc 22--
SSiiddeedd PPrriinnttiinngg
Paper Type Weight
Recycled
Custom 1
60–105 g/m²
Bond
Hole-Punched
Letterhead
Plain
Pre-Printed
75–105 g/m²
Lightweight Cardstock
Lightweight Glossy Cardstock
106–163 g/m²
Cardstock
Glossy Cardstock
164–220 g/m²
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
153
Paper and Media
SSuuppppoorrtteedd CCuussttoomm PPaappeerr SSiizzeess
Tray Number Paper Sizes
Tray 1 Minimum: 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in.)
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)
Tray 2 Minimum: 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in.)
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)
Bypass Tray Minimum: 76.2 x 127 mm (3 x 5 in.)
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)
2-Sided Printing Minimum: 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in.)
Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 in.)
CCaarrddssttoocckk
You can print Cardstock up to 220 g/m2from any tray. For types and weights of supported Cardstock
for 1-Sided printing, refer to Supported Paper Types and Weights. For types and weights of supported
Cardstock for 2-Sided printing, refer to Supported Paper Types and Weights for Automatic 2-Sided
Printing.
Follow the guidelines for printing on glossy cardstock:
• Do not open sealed packages of glossy cardstock until you are ready to load the paper into the
printer.
• Leave glossy cardstock in the original wrapper, and leave the packages in the shipping carton until
ready to use.
• Remove all other paper from the tray before loading glossy cardstock.
• Load only the amount of glossy cardstock you are planning to use. When you are finished
printing, remove the glossy cardstock in the tray . Replace unused cardstock in the original
wrapper and seal.
• Rotate stock frequently. Long periods of storage in extreme conditions can cause glossy cardstock
to curl and jam in the printer.
• In the print driver software, select the desired glossy cardstock type or select the tray loaded with
the desired paper.
154 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
Loading Paper
CChhaannggiinngg PPaappeerr SSeettttiinnggss
When you load paper into a tray, you can change the tray settings. The following options are
available:
•Fully Adjustable: If you select this paper setting, you can change the paper size, type, and color
when you load paper into the tray.
•Dedicated: If you select this paper setting, you cannot change the paper size, type, and color
when you load paper into the tray.
•Bypass: When paper is present in this tray, it is used for print jobs where you did not specify a
particular tray.
For details on how to change the paper setting when loading paper in trays 1 and 2, refer to Loading
Paper in Trays 1 and 2 For details on how to change the paper setting when loading paper in the
bypass tray, refer to Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray.
LLooaaddiinngg PPaappeerr iinn TTrraayyss 11 aanndd 22
You can adjust the length of the paper tray to accommodate A4, Letter (8.5 x 11 in.), and Legal (8.5 x
14 in.) paper sizes.
To load paper in Trays 1 and 2:
1. To remove the tray from the printer, pull out the tray until it stops, lift the front of the tray
slightly, then pull it out.
2. At the back of the paper tray, press the paper lift tray down until it locks.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
155
Paper and Media
3. Adjust the paper length and width guides as illustrated.
4. Flex the sheets back and forth and fan them, then align the edges of the stack on a level surface.
This procedure separates any sheets that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of jams.
5. Load paper into the tray with the print side face up.
• Load hole-punched paper with the holes to the left.
• For 1-sided printing, load letterhead paper face up with the top of the paper toward the back
of the tray.
• For 2-sided printing, load letterhead and pre-printed paper face down with the top edge
feeding into the printer.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum fill line. Overfilling can cause paper jams.
156 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
6. Adjust the length and width guides to fit the paper.
7. Slide the tray back into the printer.
Note:
• If the tray does not go all the way in, ensure that the paper lift at the back of the tray is
locked down.
• To avoid paper jams, do not remove the paper cover while printing is in progress.
• If the tray is extended for legal-size paper, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into
the printer.
– To confirm the same paper size, type, or color, touch OK.
– To select a new paper size, type or color, touch the current setting, then select a
new setting. When you are finished, touch OK.
8. To change a paper tray to Dedicated mode:
a. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
b. Touch Device→Paper Trays.
c. In the Paper Trays menu, touch the preferred tray.
d. To dedicate the tray for a paper size, type, or color, touch Tray Mode, then touch Dedicated.
• To select a paper size, touch the current size setting, then select a size.
• To select a paper type, touch the current paper type, then select a paper type.
• To select a paper color, touch the current paper color, then select a paper color.
e. To save the settings, touch OK.
f. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
157
Paper and Media
LLooaaddiinngg PPaappeerr iinn tthhee BByyppaassss TTrraayy
The Bypass Tray supports the widest variety of media types. It is intended primarily for small-quantity
jobs that use special media.
To load paper in the bypass tray:
1. Open the bypass tray. If the bypass tray is loaded with paper already, remove any paper that is a
different size or type.
2. Pull out the extension tray for larger sizes.
3. Move the width guides to the edges of the tray.
158 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
4. Flex the sheets back and forth and fan them, then align the edges of the stack on a level surface.
This procedure separates any sheets that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of jams.
Note: To avoid jams and misfeeds, do not remove paper from its packaging until you are
ready to use it.
5. Load the paper in the tray. Load hole-punched paper with the holes to the left.
• For 1-sided printing, load letterhead or pre-printed paper face up with the top edge going into
the printer.
• For 2-sided printing, load letterhead and pre-printed paper face down with the top edge going
into the printer.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum fill line. Overfilling can cause paper jams.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
159
Paper and Media
6. Adjust the width guides until they touch the edges of the paper.
7. If the control panel prompts you, verify the size, type, and color on the screen. If you are not
prompted, change the paper settings.
a. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
b. Touch Device→Paper Trays.
c. In the Paper Trays menu, touch the bypass tray icon.
• To select a paper or envelope size, touch the current size setting, then select a size.
• To select a paper type, touch the current paper type, then select a paper type.
• To select a paper color, touch the current paper color, then select a paper color.
d. To save the settings, touch OK.
8. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
160 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
CCoonnffiigguurriinngg TTrraayyss 11 oorr 22 ffoorr tthhee PPaappeerr LLeennggtthh
You can adjust the lengths of trays 1 and 2 to accommodate A4, Letter (8.5 x 11 in.), and Legal (8.5 x
14 in.) paper sizes. In the Legal length settings, the trays protrude from the front of the printer.
To change Trays 1 and 2 to match the paper length:
1. Remove all paper from the tray.
2. To remove the tray from the printer, pull out the tray until it stops, lift the front of the tray
slightly, then pull it out.
3. Configure the tray.
• To compress the tray for shorter paper, hold the back of the tray with one hand. With the
other hand, press the release latch at the front of the tray, then push the ends inward until
they latch.
• To extend the tray for longer paper, hold the back of the tray with one hand. With the other
hand, press the release latch at the front of the tray and pull the ends outward until they
latch.
• To extend the tray, hold the back of the tray with one hand. With the other hand, press the
release latch at the front of the tray and pull the ends outward until they latch.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
161
Paper and Media
Printing on Special Paper
To order paper or other media, contact your local reseller or visit www.xerox.com/supplies.
For reference:
•www.xerox.com/rmlna Recommended Media List (United States)
•www.xerox.com/rmleu Recommended Media List (Europe)
EEnnvveellooppeess
You can print envelopes from the bypass tray only.
GGuuiiddeelliinneess ffoorr PPrriinnttiinngg EEnnvveellooppeess
• Use only paper envelopes.
• Do not use envelopes with windows or metal clasps.
• Print quality depends on the quality and construction of the envelopes. If you do not get the
desired results, try another envelope brand.
• Maintain constant temperatures and relative humidity.
• Store unused envelopes in their packaging to avoid excess moisture and dryness which can affect
print quality and cause wrinkling. Excessive moisture can cause the envelopes to seal before or
during printing.
• Remove air bubbles from the envelopes before loading them into the tray by setting a heavy book
on top of the envelopes.
• In the print driver software, select Envelope as the paper type.
• Do not use padded envelopes. Use envelopes that lie flat on a surface.
• Do not use envelopes with heat-activated glue.
• Do not use envelopes with press-and-seal flaps.
162 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
LLooaaddiinngg EEnnvveellooppeess iinn tthhee BByyppaassss TTrraayy
1. Open the bypass tray.
2. Move the width guides to the edges of the tray.
Note: If you do not load envelopes in the bypass tray right after they have been removed
from the packaging, they can bulge. Flatten them to avoid jams.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
163
Paper and Media
3. To load envelopes, select an option:
• For Number 10 envelopes, load the envelopes with the short edge going into the printer, flaps
down, and flaps to the right.
• For Monarch or DL envelopes, do one of the following. If the envelopes wrinkle, try another
option.
• Insert envelopes with the short edge going into the printer, flaps down, and flaps to the
right.
• Insert envelopes with the print side up, flaps open and down, and the bottom of the
envelope going into the printer.
164 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
• Insert the envelopes with the short edge feeding into the printer, flaps down, and flaps to
the right.
• For C5 envelopes, do one of the following steps. If the envelopes wrinkle, try the other option.
• Insert envelopes with the print side up, flaps open and down, and the bottom of the
envelope going into the printer.
• Insert envelopes with the print side up, flaps closed and down, and going into the printer.
Note: For envelopes to print correctly, when you load envelopes with the flaps
open, in the print driver, set the orientation as needed. To flip the images, in
the print driver, select Rotate Image 180 Degrees.
4. If the control panel prompts you, verify the size, type and color on the screen. If you are not
prompted, change the paper settings.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
165
Paper and Media
a. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
b. Touch Device→Paper Trays.
c. In the Paper Trays menu, touch the bypass tray icon.
• To select an envelope size, touch the current size setting, then select an envelope size.
• To select a paper type, touch the current paper type, then select envelope.
• To select an envelope color, touch the current paper color, then select an envelope color.
d. To save the settings, touch OK.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
LLaabbeellss
You can print labels from the bypass tray only.
GGuuiiddeelliinneess ffoorr PPrriinnttiinngg LLaabbeellss
• Use labels designed for laser printing.
• Do not use vinyl labels.
• Do not feed a sheet of labels through the printer more than once.
• Do not use dry gum labels.
• Print only on one side of the sheet of labels. Use full-sheet labels only.
• Store unused labels flat in their original packaging. Leave the label sheets inside the original
packaging until ready to use. Return any unused label sheets to the original packaging and reseal
it.
• Do not store labels in extremely dry or humid conditions or extremely hot or cold conditions.
Storing labels in extreme conditions can cause print-quality problems or cause labels to jam in the
printer.
• Rotate stock frequently. Long periods of storage in extreme conditions can cause labels to curl and
jam in the printer.
• In the print driver software, select Label as the paper type.
• Before loading labels, remove all other paper from the tray.
WARNING:
Do not use any sheet where labels are missing, curled, or pulled away from the backing sheet. It could
damage the printer.
166 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Paper and Media
LLooaaddiinngg LLaabbeellss iinn tthhee BByyppaassss TTrraayy
1. Remove all paper from the bypass tray.
2. Load Labels in the bypass tray, face up, with the top edge of the page feeding into the printer
first.
3. Adjust the width guides until they touch the edges of the paper.
4. If the control panel prompts you, verify the size, type and color on the screen. If you are not
prompted, change the paper settings.
a. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
b. Touch Device→Paper Trays.
c. In the Paper Trays menu, touch the bypass tray icon.
• To select a paper size, touch the current size setting, then select a size.
• To select a paper type, touch the current paper type, then select labels.
• To select a paper color, touch the current paper color, then select a paper color.
d. To save the settings, touch OK.
5. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
167
Paper and Media
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
169
7
Maintenance
This chapter contains:
• General Precautions ................................................................................................................. 170
• Cleaning the Printer ................................................................................................................. 171
• Adjustments and Maintenance Procedures............................................................................... 184
• Supplies................................................................................................................................... 188
• Managing the Printer ............................................................................................................... 191
• Moving the Printer ................................................................................................................... 192
General Precautions
WARNING:
• Internal parts of the printer can be hot. Use caution when doors and covers are open.
• Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.
• Do not use pressurized spray cleaning aids on or in the printer. Some pressurized sprays
contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in electrical applications. Use of
pressurized spray cleaners increases the risk of fire and explosion.
• Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws. You cannot maintain or
service any parts that are behind these covers and guards. Do not attempt any
maintenance procedure that is not described in the documentation supplied with your
printer.
Caution:
• When cleaning your printer do not use organic or strong chemical solvents or aerosol
cleaners. Do not pour fluids directly into any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials only
as directed in this documentation.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer.
• Do not leave the covers and doors open for any length of time, especially in well-lighted
places. Light exposure can damage the drum cartridges.
• Do not open covers and doors during printing.
• Do not tilt the printer while it is in use.
• Do not touch the electrical contacts or gears. Doing so could damage the printer and cause
the print quality to deteriorate.
• Ensure that any parts removed during cleaning are replaced before you plug in the printer.
170 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
CClleeaanniinngg tthhee EExxtteerriioorr
Clean the exterior of the printer once a month.
• Wipe the paper tray, output tray, control panel, and other parts with a damp, soft cloth.
• After cleaning, wipe with a dry, soft cloth.
• For stubborn stains, apply a small amount of mild detergent to the cloth and gently wipe the stain
off.
Caution: Do not spray detergent directly on the printer. Liquid detergent could enter the printer
through a gap and cause problems. Never use cleaning agents other than water or mild
detergent.
CClleeaanniinngg tthhee SSccaannnneerr
To ensure optimum print quality, clean the document glass regularly. Cleaning helps avoid output
with streaks, smears, and other marks that transfer from the glass while scanning documents.
1. Slightly dampen a soft, lint-free cloth with water.
2. Remove any paper or other media from the output tray. If the output tray extension is open,
close it.
3. Open the document cover.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
171
Maintenance
4. Wipe the surfaces of the document glass until they are clean and dry.
Note: For best results, use Xerox®Glass Cleaner to remove marks and streaks.
5. Wipe the white underside of the document cover until it is clean and dry.
6. Close the document cover.
172 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
CClleeaanniinngg tthhee DDooccuummeenntt FFeeeeddeerr RRoolllleerrss
Ensure that the you clean the Document Feeder Rollers when you clean the scanner.
1. Open the document feeder cover.
2. With a clean, lint-free cloth that is moistened with water, wipe the feed rollers until they are
clean.
3. Close the document feeder cover.
CClleeaanniinngg tthhee IInntteerriioorr
WARNING:
• Never touch a labeled area on or near the heat roller in the fuser. You can get burned. If a sheet of
paper is wrapped around the heat roller, do not try to remove it immediately. Power off the printer
immediately and wait 40 minutes for the fuser to cool. Try to remove the jam after the printer has
cooled.
• If you spill any toner in the printer, remove the toner using a moist cloth. Never use a vacuum
cleaner to remove spilled toner. Sparks inside the vacuum cleaner can cause a fire or explosion.
To prevent stains inside the printer that can deteriorate print quality, clean the interior of the printer
regularly. Clean the printer interior whenever you replace the drum cartridge.
After clearing paper jams or replacing a toner cartridge, inspect the inside of the printer before
closing the printer covers and doors.
• Remove any remaining pieces of paper or debris. For more information, refer to Clearing Paper
Jams.
• Remove any dust with a dry, lint-free clean cloth.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
173
Maintenance
CClleeaanniinngg tthhee LLaasseerr LLeennsseess
If prints have voids or light streaks through one or more colors, use the following instructions to clean
the laser lenses.
WARNING: If you accidentally get toner on your clothes, lightly dust them off as best as you
can. If some toner remains on your clothes, use cool water, not hot, to rinse off the toner. If
toner gets on your skin, wash it off with cool water and a mild soap. If you get toner in your
eyes, wash it out immediately with cool water and consult a doctor.
Caution: Be careful not to spill toner when handling the waste cartridge.
1. Power off the printer.
2. Remove the waste cartridge:
a. Open the right side door.
174 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
b. To unlock the waste cartridge, rotate the waste cartridge lever 90 degrees counterclockwise.
c. Grasp the handle of the waste cartridge, then pull it out. To prevent toner spills, keep the
openings of the cartridge facing up.
Note:
• Be careful not to spill toner when handling the waste cartridge.
• After removing the waste cartridge, do not touch the area shown in the illustration.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
175
Maintenance
d. Place the removed waste cartridge on a level surface.
Caution: To avoid toner spills or malfunction, do not lay the waste cartridge on its side.
3. Clean the laser lenses:
a. Remove the cleaning rod from inside of the printer.
b. Insert the cleaning rod into one of the four cleaning holes until it stops, then move the rod in
and out to the full extent two more times.
176 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
c. Repeat the procedure for the holes in the other three slots.
d. Return the cleaning rod to its original location.
4. Insert the waste cartridge.
Note: If the waste cartridge does not fit into place properly, ensure that the cleaning rod is
inserted fully.
a. To lock the waste cartridge, rotate the waste cartridge lock lever 90 degrees clockwise.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
177
Maintenance
b. Close the right side door.
CClleeaanniinngg tthhee CCoolloorr TToonneerr DDeennssiittyy SSeennssoorr
If the print or color density is too light, missing, or the background is foggy, clean the density sensor.
To clean the color toner density sensor:
1. Power off the printer.
2. Push down on the rear door release and pull open the door.
3. Remove the waste cartridge:
178 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
c. Grasp the handle of the waste cartridge, then pull it out. To prevent toner spills, keep the
openings of the cartridge facing up.
Note:
• Be careful not to spill toner when handling the waste cartridge.
• After removing the waste cartridge, do not touch the area shown in the illustration.
d. Place the removed waste cartridge on a level surface.
Caution: To avoid toner spills or malfunction, do not lay the waste cartridge on its side.
180 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
4. Clean the color toner density sensor:
a. Open the top cover.
b. Grasp the handles on the top of the transfer belt, then pull to remove it from the printer.
c. At the rear of the printer, use a dry cotton swab to clean the color toner density sensor.
d. At the front of the printer, reinsert the transfer belt into the printer.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
181
Maintenance
e. Close the top cover.
5. Insert the waste cartridge.
Note: If the waste cartridge does not fit into place properly, ensure that the cleaning rod is
inserted fully.
a. To lock the waste cartridge, rotate the waste cartridge lock lever 90 degrees clockwise.
182 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
Adjustments and Maintenance Procedures
CCoolloorr RReeggiissttrraattiioonn
The printer automatically adjusts the color registration when automatic adjustment is enabled. You
can also adjust color registration manually any time the printer is idle. You must adjust the color
registration any time the printer is moved. If you are having printing problems, adjust the color
registration.
PPeerrffoorrmmiinngg aa CCoolloorr RReeggiissttrraattiioonn AAddjjuussttmmeenntt
A color-registration adjustment occurs every time a new toner cartridge is installed. You can run this
adjustment at other times as needed.
To perform a color-registration adjustment:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Support→Color Registration.
3. To perform an Automatic Color Registration adjustment, touch Start.
4. At the successfully completed prompt, touch Close.
5. To exit the menu, touch X.
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
PPeerrffoorrmmiinngg aa CCoolloorr CCaalliibbrraattiioonn
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Support→Color Calibration.
3. To select a screen to use for your calibration, touch Screen Type, then select an option.
• To optimize color tones for copy jobs, touch Copy Job.
• To optimize color tones for Standard print-quality print jobs, touch Print Job 1.
• To optimize color tones for Enhanced print-quality print jobs, touch Print Job 2.
4. To select a target job type for your calibration, touch Target, then select the type of output you
want calibrated.
• To optimize color only for copy jobs, touch Copy Jobs Only.
• To optimize color only for print jobs, touch Print Jobs Only.
• To optimize color for both copy and print jobs, touch Copy & Print Jobs.
• If no adjustment is desired, touch None.
5. To select the source paper tray, touch Paper Supply, then touch the desired tray.
6. To begin the color calibration, touch Start. Follow the onscreen instructions.
7. When finished, touch Close.
8. To exit the menu, touch X.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
184 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
PPeerrffoorrmmiinngg tthhee SSccaann CCoolloorr CCoonnssiisstteennccyy PPrroocceedduurree
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Support→Color Scan Consistency.
3. To select the desired procedure, touch Calibration Type, then select your procedure.
• To perform the Scan Color Consistency procedure, touch Print Calibration Chart. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
• To restore your color scan settings to the previous settings, touch Restore Previous Settings.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
• To reset your color scan settings to factory-default values, touch Reset to Factory Defaults.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
4. When finished, touch Close.
5. To exit the menu, touch X.
6. When finished, to return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
AAddjjuussttiinngg PPaappeerr RReeggiissttrraattiioonn
Use Adjust Paper Registration to adjust the placement of the printed image on the page. The
adjustment allows you to place the top, bottom, left, and right margins exactly where you want. You
can specify the image position on both the front and back sides of the paper, for each installed paper
tray.
VVeerriiffyyiinngg PPaappeerr RReeggiissttrraattiioonn
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Log in as administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/
office/VLC405docs.
3. Touch Device→Support→Image Position.
4. Select the source paper tray for the registration print.
a. Touch Paper Supply.
b. Touch the desired tray.
5. If your printer has automatic 2-sided printing, select the sides that you want to optimize.
• To select a sample registration page for adjusting side 1, touch Adjusted Side, then touch
Side 1.
• To select a sample registration page for adjusting both sides, touch Adjusted Side, then touch
Side 2.
6. Specify the consecutive number of sample pages to print.
a. Touch Print Settings.
b. To increase or decrease the number of sample pages, for Quantity, touch Plus (+) or Minus (-),
then touch OK.
7. To print the sample pages, touch Print Sample.
8. When printing is completed, touch Close.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
185
Maintenance
9. On the sample pages, for Side 1, use a ruler to measure the distance of the printed image from
the top, bottom, left, and right edges.
Note: For identification, a single dot is printed on Side 1, and two dots are printed on Side
2.
10. For Side 2, measure the distance of the printed image from the top, bottom, left, and right edges.
11. If the image is centered, no adjustment is required. If not centered, adjust the paper registration.
For details, refer to Performing a Paper Registration Adjustment.
PPeerrffoorrmmiinngg aa PPaappeerr RReeggiissttrraattiioonn AAddjjuussttmmeenntt
1. At the control panel, press the Home button.
2. Log in as administrator. For details, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/
office/VLC405docs.
3. Touch Device→Support→Image Position.
4. To adjust registration, select the source paper tray.
a. Touch Paper Supply.
b. Touch the desired tray.
5. Using the chart printed in Verifying Paper Registration, select the side for registration.
a. For adjusting Side 1, touch Adjusted Side, then touch Side 1.
b. For adjusting Side 2, touch Adjusted Side, then touch Side 2.
6. To adjust the registration, touch Lead/Side Registration.
a. To adjust the side-to-side registration, for Side Registration, touch the Plus icon (+) or the
Minus icon (-).
b. To adjust the top-to-bottom registration, for Lead Registration, touch the Plus icon (+) or the
Minus icon (-).
For reference, position the chart so that Side-1 or Side-2 dots are at the bottom of the page.
• For Lead Registration, a positive value shifts the image down the page.
• For Side Registration, a positive value shifts the image to the left.
186 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
7. To save your settings, touch OK.
8. As needed, to enter additional values, repeat the previous steps.
9. Print another sample page, then repeat the process until you complete the registration
corrections.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
187
Maintenance
Supplies
CCoonnssuummaabblleess
Consumables are printer supplies that are depleted during the operation of the printer. Consumable
supplies for this printer are the Genuine Xerox®Toner Cartridges in cyan, magenta, yellow, and black.
Note:
• Each consumable includes installation instructions.
• Install only new cartridges in your printer. If a used toner cartridge is installed, then the
toner-remaining amount displayed could be inaccurate.
• To ensure print quality, the toner cartridge was designed to cease functioning at a
predetermined point.
Caution: Use of toner other than genuine Xerox®Toner can affect print quality and printer
reliability. Xerox®Toner is the only toner designed and manufactured under strict quality
controls by Xerox for specific use with this printer.
RRoouuttiinnee MMaaiinntteennaannccee IItteemmss
Routine maintenance items are printer parts that have a limited life and require periodic replacement.
Replacements can be parts or kits. Routine maintenance items are typically customer replaceable
parts.
Note: Each routine maintenance item includes installation instructions.
Routine maintenance items for this printer include the following:
• Drum Cartridge Kit
• Waste Cartridge
• Maintenance Kit, which includes a Transfer Belt, Transfer Roller, and Feed Roller
• Fuser
OOrrddeerriinngg SSuupppplliieess
WWhheenn ttoo OOrrddeerr SSuupppplliieess
A warning appears on the control panel when supplies near their replacement time. Verify that you
have replacements on hand. It is important to order these items when the messages first appear to
avoid interruptions to your printing. An error message appears on the control panel when supplies
must be replaced.
Order supplies from your local reseller or go to www.xerox.com/supplies.
188 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
Caution: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. The Xerox Warranty, Service
Agreement, and Total Satisfaction Guarantee do not cover damage, malfunction, or
degradation of performance caused by use of non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox supplies
not specified for this printer. The Total Satisfaction Guarantee is available in the United States
and Canada. Coverage could vary outside these areas. Please contact your Xerox representative
for details.
SSuuppppllyy SSttaattuuss IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn
You can check the supplies status, customize the alerts that appear on the control panel, and
configure email alert notifications. For more information, refer to the Supply Status.
SSuupppplliieess UUssaaggee RReeppoorrtt
The Supplies Usage Report provides coverage information and part numbers for reordering supplies.
The date a supply item was installed appears on the report.
To print the Supplies Usage Report:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→About→Information Pages.
3. Touch Supplies Usage Report.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
TToonneerr CCaarrttrriiddggeess
GGeenneerraall PPrreeccaauuttiioonnss
WARNING:
• When replacing a toner cartridge, be careful not to spill the toner. If any toner spills, avoid
contact with clothes, skin, eyes, and mouth. Do not inhale the toner dust.
• Keep toner cartridges out of the reach of children. If a child accidentally swallows toner,
have the child spit out the toner, and rinse the mouth with water. Consult a physician
immediately.
• Use a damp cloth to wipe off spilled toner. Never use a vacuum cleaner to remove spills.
Electric sparks inside the vacuum cleaner can cause a fire or explosion. If you spill a large
volume of toner, contact your local Xerox representative.
• Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. Remaining toner in the cartridge can
catch fire and cause burn injuries or an explosion.
RReeppllaacciinngg aa TToonneerr CCaarrttrriiddggee
A message appears on the control panel when a toner cartridge must be replaced.
Note: Each toner cartridge includes installation instructions.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
189
Maintenance
Printer Status Message Cause and Solution
Reorder Toner The toner cartridge is low. Order a new toner
cartridge.
Out of Toner The toner cartridge is empty. Replace the toner
cartridge with a new one.
RReeccyycclliinngg SSuupppplliieess
For more information on the Xerox®supplies recycling program, go to www.xerox.com/recycling.
190 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
Managing the Printer
VViieewwiinngg tthhee MMeetteerr RReeaaddiinngg
The Billing/Usage menu displays the total number of impressions that the printer generated or
printed during its lifetime. You cannot reset the counters. A page is counted as one side of a sheet of
paper. For example, a sheet of paper that is printed on two sides counts as two impressions.
Note: If you provide regular billing information for your device, you can use the Remote
Services Upload feature to simplify the process. You can enable Remote Services to send billing
meter readings to Xerox automatically so that you do not have to collect the readings
manually. For more information, refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/
office/VLC405docs.
To view the billing information for your printer:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→Billing/Usage.
3. To view more details, touch Usage Counters, then select an option.
4. After viewing the usage readings, to return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
PPrriinnttiinngg tthhee BBiilllliinngg SSuummmmaarryy RReeppoorrtt
The Billing Summary Report provides information about the device and a detailed listing of the billing
meters and sheet counts.
To print the Billing Summary Report:
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. Touch Device→About→Information Pages.
3. Touch Billing Summary Report.
4. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
191
Maintenance
Moving the Printer
WARNING:
• To lift the printer, always use at least two people to grasp the hand holds on each side of
the printer.
• To prevent you from dropping the printer or injury, lift the printer firmly by gripping the
recessed areas on both sides of the printer. Never lift the printer by gripping any other areas.
• If optional 550-Sheet Feeders are installed, uninstall them before you move the printer. If
the optional 550-Sheet Feeders are not fixed to the printer securely, they can fall to the
ground and cause injury.
Follow these instructions when moving the printer:
1. Power off the printer, then disconnect the power cord and other cables from the back of the
printer.
WARNING: To prevent electric shock, never touch the power plug with wet hands. When
removing the power cord, ensure that you pull the plug and not the cord. Pulling the cord
can damage it, which can lead to fire or electric shock.
2. Remove any paper or other media from the output tray. If the output tray extension is extended,
close it.
192 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Maintenance
3. Remove the paper from the paper tray.
Keep the paper wrapped and away from humidity and dirt.
4. Lift and carry the printer as shown in the illustration.
Note:
• When moving the printer, do not tilt it more than 10 degrees in any direction. Tilting
the printer more than 10 degrees can cause toner spillage.
• When moving the printer over a long distance, remove the drum cartridge and toner
cartridges to prevent toner from spilling.
Caution: Failure to repackage the printer properly for shipment can result in
damage not covered by the Xerox®Warranty, Service Agreement, or Total
Satisfaction Guarantee. The Xerox®Warranty, Service Agreement, or Total
Satisfaction Guarantee do not cover damage to the printer caused by
improper moving.
After moving the printer:
1. Reinstall any parts that you removed.
2. Reconnect the printer to the cables and power cord.
3. Plug in and power on the printer.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
193
Maintenance
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
195
8
Troubleshooting
This chapter contains:
• General Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................... 196
• Paper Jams .............................................................................................................................. 201
• Print-Quality Problems.............................................................................................................. 216
• Copy and Scan Problems .......................................................................................................... 223
• Fax Problems............................................................................................................................ 224
• Getting Help ............................................................................................................................ 226
General Troubleshooting
This section contains procedures to help you locate and resolve problems. Resolve some problems by
simply restarting the printer.
PPrriinntteerr DDooeess NNoott PPoowweerr OOnn
Caution: Plug the three-wire cord with grounding prong directly into a grounded AC outlet.
Probable Causes Solutions
The power switch is not turned on. At the printer control panel, press the Power/Wake
button. For more information, refer to Powering On
the Printer or Exiting Low-Power or Sleep Mode.
The power cord is not plugged into the outlet
correctly.
Power off the printer, then plug the power cord
securely into the outlet.
The printer requires a full reset. Power off the printer, then unplug the power cord
and wait 30 seconds. Plug the power cord into the
outlet securely, then press the Power/Wake button.
Something is wrong with the outlet connected to the
printer.
Plug another electrical appliance into the outlet, then
check if it operates properly.
Try a different outlet.
The printer is connected to an outlet with a voltage
or frequency that does not match the printer
specifications.
Use a power source with the specifications listed in
the Electrical Specifications.
PPrriinntteerr RReesseettss oorr PPoowweerrss OOffff FFrreeqquueennttllyy
Probable Causes Solutions
The power cord is not plugged into the outlet
correctly.
Power off the printer, confirm that the power cord is
plugged in correctly to the printer and the outlet,
then power on the printer.
A system error occurred. Power off the printer, then power on again. For more
information, refer to Printing the Error History Report.
If the error persists, contact your Xerox
representative.
The printer is connected to an uninterruptible power
supply.
Power off the printer, then connect the power cord to
a suitable outlet.
196 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Probable Causes Solutions
The printer is connected to a power strip shared with
other high-power devices.
Plug the printer directly into the outlet or into a
power strip that is not shared with other devices.
The Auto Power Off feature is enabled to save
power.
Increase the Auto Power Off timer setting or disable
the Auto Power Off feature. For more information,
refer to the System Administrator Guide at www.
xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
PPrriinntteerr DDooeess NNoott PPrriinntt
Probable Causes Solutions
The printer is in Power Saver mode. On the control panel, press the Power/Wake button.
The printer has an error. If the Status LED is blinking amber, follow the
instructions on the control panel to clear the error. If
the error persists, contact your Xerox representative.
The printer is out of paper. Load paper into the tray.
The incorrect paper is loaded for the print job. Load the correct paper in the appropriate tray. At the
printer control panel, specify the correct paper size,
type and color.
The paper settings for the print job do not match any
paper loaded in the paper trays at the printer.
From the print driver, select a paper tray containing
the correct paper.
A toner cartridge is empty. Replace the empty toner cartridge.
No control panel indicators are lighted. Power off the printer, confirm that the power cord is
plugged in correctly to the printer and the outlet,
then power on the printer. If the error persists,
contact your Xerox representative.
The printer is busy. • If the Status LED is flashing blue, a previous print
job could be the problem.
1 In the print driver, use the Printer Properties to
delete all print jobs in the print queue.
2 At the control panel, touch Jobs, then delete
all pending print jobs.
• Load the paper in the tray.
• If the Status LED does not flash once after you
send a print job, check the connection between
the printer and the computer. Power off the
printer, then power on the printer.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
197
Troubleshooting
Probable Causes Solutions
The printer cable is disconnected. If the Status LED does not flash once after you send
a print job, check the connection between the printer
and the computer.
There is a network-connectivity issue. If the printer is connected to a network:
1 Verify that the Ethernet cable is connected to the
printer.
2 On the printer Ethernet connector, verify that the
green LED is On. If the green LED is not lighted,
reseat both ends of the Ethernet cable.
3 Examine the TCP/IP address in the
Communication section of the Configuration
Report. For more information, refer to Printing the
Configuration Report.
4 If the TCP/IP address is 0.0.0.0, the printer needs
more time to acquire an IP address from the
DHCP server. Wait 2 minutes, then print the
Configuration Report again.
5 If the TCP/IP address is unchanged, or begins
with 169, contact your network administrator.
There is a wireless network setup or connectivity
issue.
Verify that the Wireless Network Adapter is installed
and properly configured. For more information, refer
to Connecting to a Wired Network.
PPrriinnttiinngg TTaakkeess TToooo LLoonngg
Probable Causes Solutions
The printer is set to a slower printing mode. For
example, the printer could be set to print on
Heavyweight paper.
It takes more time to print on certain types of special
paper. Ensure that the paper type is set properly in
the driver and at the printer control panel. For details,
see Print Speed.
The printer is in Power Saver mode. It takes time for printing to start when the printer is
coming out of Power Saver mode.
The way the printer was installed on the network
could be an issue.
Determine if a print spooler or a computer sharing
the printer is buffering all print jobs and then
spooling them to the printer. Spooling can slow print
speeds. To test the speed of the printer, print some
information pages such as the Demonstration Print.
If the page prints at the rated speed of the printer,
you could have a network or printer installation issue.
For additional help, contact the system administrator.
198 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Probable Causes Solutions
The job is complex. Wait. No action needed.
The print-quality mode in the driver is set to
Enhanced.
Change the print-quality mode in the print driver to
Standard.
DDooccuummeenntt PPrriinnttss ffrroomm WWrroonngg TTrraayy
Probable Causes Solutions
Application and print driver have conflicting tray
selections.
1 Check the tray selected in the print driver.
2 Access the page setup or printer settings of the
application from which you are printing.
3 Set the paper source to match the tray selected in
the print driver or set the paper source to
Automatically Select.
4 Check that you have the latest print driver
installed. For details, go to www.xerox.com/office/
VLC405support.
Note: To have the print driver select the tray,
set the tray used as the paper source to Auto
Selection Enabled.
AAuuttoommaattiicc 22--SSiiddeedd PPrriinnttiinngg PPrroobblleemmss
Probable Causes Solutions
Unsupported or incorrect paper. Ensure that you are using a supported paper size and
weight for 2-sided printing. Envelopes, cardstock, and
labels cannot be used for 2–sided printing. For more
information, refer to Supported Paper Types and
Weights for Automatic 2-Sided Printing.
Your printer model is not configured with automatic
2-sided printing.
Ensure that your printer supports automatic 2-sided
printing. For more information, refer to Printer
Configurations and Options.
Incorrect setting. In the print driver Printing Options tab, select 2–
Sided Print.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
199
Troubleshooting
PPrriinntteerr iiss MMaakkiinngg UUnnuussuuaall NNooiisseess
Probable Causes Solutions
There is an obstruction or debris inside the printer. Power off the printer, then remove the
obstruction or debris. If you cannot remove the
obstruction, contact your Xerox representative.
PPaappeerr TTrraayy WWiillll NNoott CClloossee
Probable Causes Solutions
The paper tray does not fully close. • If the tray is extended for legal-size paper, the
tray protrudes when it is inserted into the printer.
For more information, refer to Configuring Trays 1
or 2 for the Paper Length.
• Some debris or an object is blocking the tray.
• The tray is blocked by the table or shelf on which
it is located.
• If the paper lift plate at the back of the tray is not
locked down, replace the tray.
CCoonnddeennssaattiioonn hhaass FFoorrmmeedd IInnssiiddee tthhee PPrriinntteerr
Moisture can condense inside a printer where the humidity is above 85% or when a cold printer is
located in a warm room. Condensation can form in a printer after it has been sitting in a cold room
that is heated quickly.
Probable Causes Solutions
The printer has been sitting in a cold room. Allow the printer to operate for several hours at room
temperature.
The relative humidity of the room is too high. • Reduce the humidity in the room.
• Move the printer to a location where the
temperature and relative humidity are within the
operating specifications.
200 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Paper Jams
LLooccaattiinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss
WARNING: Never touch a labeled area on or near the heat roller in the fuser. You can get
burned. If a sheet of paper is wrapped around the heat roller, do not try to remove it
immediately. Power off the printer immediately and wait 40 minutes for the fuser to cool. Try
to remove the jam after the printer has cooled. If the error persists, contact your Xerox
representative.
Caution: Do not attempt to clear any paper jams using tools or instruments. This can
permanently damage the printer.
The following illustration shows where paper jams can occur along the paper path:
1. Tray 2
2. Single-Pass Duplex Automatic Document
FeederFuser
3. Fuser
4. Bypass Tray
5. Tray 1
MMiinniimmiizziinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss
The printer is designed to function with minimal paper jams using Xerox supported paper. Other
paper types can cause jams. If supported paper is jamming frequently in one area, clean that area of
the paper path.
The following can cause paper jams:
• Selecting the incorrect paper type in the print driver.
• Using damaged paper.
• Using unsupported paper.
• Loading paper incorrectly.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
201
Troubleshooting
• Overfilling the tray.
• Adjusting the paper guides improperly.
Most jams can be prevented by following a simple set of rules:
• Use only supported paper. For details, refer to Supported Paper.
• Follow proper paper handling and loading techniques.
• Always use clean, undamaged paper.
• Avoid paper that is curled, torn, moist, creased, or folded.
• To separate the sheets before loading into the tray, fan the paper.
• Observe the paper tray fill line; never overfill the tray.
• Adjust the paper guides in all trays after inserting the paper. A guide that is not properly adjusted
can cause poor print quality, misfeeds, skewed prints, and printer damage.
• After loading the tray, at the control panel, select the correct paper type and size.
• When printing, select the correct type and size in the print driver.
• Store paper in a dry location.
Avoid the following:
• Polyester coated paper that is designed especially for inkjet printers.
• Paper that is folded, wrinkled, or excessively curled.
• Loading more than one type, size, or weight of paper in a tray at the same time.
• Overfilling the tray.
• Allowing the output tray to overfill.
For a detailed list of supported paper, go to www.xerox.com/rmlna.
202 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
CClleeaarriinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss
CClleeaarriinngg DDooccuummeenntt FFeeeeddeerr JJaammss
To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the Single-Pass Duplex
Automatic Document Feeder areas.
1. Open the Top Cover, then remove any paper.
2. If paper is jammed in the Single-Pass Duplex Automatic Document Feeder, open the Document
Cover, then remove any jammed paper.
3. Close the Document Cover, then reload the document in the Single-Pass Duplex Automatic
Document Feeder.
To prevent paper jams:
• Do not load original documents above the MAX fill line.
• Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the paper.
• Use supported paper only. For details, refer to Document Feeder Guidelines.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
203
Troubleshooting
CClleeaarriinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss ffrroomm tthhee BByyppaassss TTrraayy
To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the paper path.
1. Remove any paper from the Bypass Tray.
2. Grasp both sides of the Bypass Tray, then pull it straight out of the printer.
3. Pull out Tray 1 until it stops.
204 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
4. To remove the tray, lift the front of it slightly, then pull it out of the printer.
5. Remove the jammed paper.
6. Insert Tray 1 into the printer, then push it in all the way.
Note: If the tray is extended for legal-size paper, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into
the printer.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
205
Troubleshooting
7. Insert the Bypass Tray completely into the printer.
8. When paper trays are set to Fully Adjustable, you are prompted to verify or change the paper
settings.
• To confirm the same paper size, type, or color, touch OK.
• To select a new paper size, type or color, touch the current setting, then select a new setting.
When finished, touch OK.
9. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
CClleeaarriinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss ffrroomm tthhee TTrraayy 11 AArreeaa
To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the paper path.
1. Remove any paper from the Bypass Tray.
2. Grasp both sides of the Bypass Tray, then pull it straight out of the printer.
206 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
6. Remove any crumpled paper from the tray and any remaining paper jammed in the printer.
7. Insert Tray 1 into the printer, then push it in all the way.
Note: If the tray is extended for legal-size paper, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into
the printer.
8. Insert the Bypass Tray completely into the printer.
9. When paper trays are set to Fully Adjustable, you are prompted to verify or change the paper
settings.
• To confirm the same paper size, type, or color, touch OK.
• To select a new paper size, type or color, touch the current setting, then select a new setting.
When finished, touch OK.
10. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
208 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
CClleeaarriinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss ffrroomm tthhee TTrraayy 22 AArreeaa
To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the paper path.
1. Pull out Tray 2 until it stops.
2. To remove the tray, lift the front of it slightly, then pull it out of the printer.
3. Remove any crumpled paper from the tray and any remaining paper jammed at the front of the
printer.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
209
Troubleshooting
4. Insert Tray 2 into the printer, then push it in all the way.
Note: If the tray is extended for legal-size paper, the tray protrudes when it is inserted into
the printer.
5. When paper trays are set to Fully Adjustable, you are prompted to verify or change the paper
settings.
• To confirm the same paper size, type, or color, touch OK.
• To select a new paper size, type, or color, touch the current setting, select a new setting then
touch OK.
6. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
210 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
CClleeaarriinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss ffrroomm tthhee FFuusseerr AArreeaa
To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the paper path.
1. Push down on the rear door release and pull open the door.
2. If paper is jammed in the Fuser, raise both green levers to open the Fuser.
3. To open the paper guide, raise the green handle.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
211
Troubleshooting
TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg PPaappeerr JJaammss
MMuullttiippllee SShheeeettss PPuulllleedd TTooggeetthheerr
Probable Causes Solutions
The paper tray is too full. Remove some of the paper. Do not load paper above the maximum
fill line.
The edges of the paper are not even. Remove the paper, align the edges, and then reload the paper.
The paper is moist from humidity. Remove the paper from the paper tray. Load new, dry paper into
the tray.
Too much static electricity is present. Load a new ream of paper.
Using unsupported paper. Use only Xerox®-approved paper. For details, refer to Supported
Paper.
Humidity is too high for coated paper. • Feed paper one sheet at a time.
• Try loading paper in the Bypass tray.
The feed rollers are dirty. With a clean, lint-free cloth moistened with water, wipe the feed
rollers until they are clean. For details, refer to Cleaning the Printer.
Tray is loaded with mixed paper. Load the tray with only one type and size of paper.
PPaappeerr MMiissffeeeeddss
Probable Causes Solutions
The paper is not correctly positioned in
the tray.
• Remove the misfed paper and reposition it properly in the tray.
• Adjust the paper guides in the tray to match the size of the
paper.
The paper tray is too full. Remove some of the paper. Do not load paper past the fill line.
The paper guides are not correctly
adjusted to the paper size.
Adjust the paper guides in the tray to match the size of the paper.
The tray contains warped or wrinkled
paper.
Remove the paper, smooth it out, and reload it. If it still misfeeds,
do not use that paper.
The paper is moist from humidity. Remove the moist paper and replace it with new, dry paper.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
213
Troubleshooting
Probable Causes Solutions
Using paper of the wrong size,
thickness, or type.
Use only Xerox approved paper. For more information, refer to
Supported Paper.
The feed rollers are dirty. With a clean, lint-free cloth moistened with water, wipe the feed
rollers until they are clean. For more information, refer to Cleaning
the Printer.
LLaabbeell aanndd EEnnvveellooppee MMiissffeeeeddss
Probable Causes Solutions
The label sheet is facing the wrong
way in the tray.
• Load label sheets according to the instructions from the
manufacturer.
• Load labels in the tray, face up.
• For more information, refer to Labels.
Labels are missing, curled, or pulled
away from the backing sheet.
Do not use any sheet where labels are missing, curled, or pulled
away from the backing sheet.
Envelopes are loaded incorrectly. You can print envelopes from the Bypass Tray or Tray 1.
For more information, refer to Envelopes.
Envelopes are wrinkling. • The heat and pressure of the laser printing process can cause
wrinkling.
• Use supported envelopes. For more information, refer to
Guidelines for Printing Envelopes.
Note: When you load envelopes long-edge feed, ensure that
you specify landscape orientation in the print driver.
PPaappeerr JJaamm MMeessssaaggee SSttaayyss OOnn
Note: Check for, and remove, torn pieces of paper in the paper path.
Probable Causes Solutions
Some paper remains jammed in the
printer.
Recheck the paper path and make sure that you have removed all
of the jammed paper.
One of the printer doors is open. Check the doors on the printer. Close any door that is open.
214 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
JJaammss DDuurriinngg AAuuttoommaattiicc 22--SSiiddeedd PPrriinnttiinngg
Probable Causes Solutions
Using paper of the wrong size,
thickness, or type.
Use paper of the correct size, thickness, or type. For more
information, refer to Supported Paper Types and Weights for
Automatic 2-Sided Printing.
Paper is loaded in the wrong tray. Ensure that paper is loaded into the correct tray. For more
information, refer to Supported Paper.
Tray is loaded with mixed paper. Load the tray with only one type and size of paper.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
215
Troubleshooting
Print-Quality Problems
Your printer is designed to produce consistently high-quality prints. If you observe print-quality
problems, use the information in this section to troubleshoot the problem. For more information, go
to www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support.
Caution: The Xerox Warranty, Service Agreement, or Xerox Total Satisfaction Guarantee does
not cover damage caused by using unsupported paper or specialty media. The Xerox Total
Satisfaction Guarantee is available in the United States and Canada. Coverage could vary
outside these areas. Contact your local Xerox representative for details.
Note:
• To ensure consistent print quality, the toner, print, and drum cartridges for many devices are
designed to cease functioning at a predetermined point.
• Grayscale images printed with the composite black setting increment the color pages
counter, because color consumables are used. Composite black is the default setting on
most printers.
CCoonnttrroolllliinngg PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy
Various factors can affect the quality of the output of your printer. For consistent and optimum print
quality, use paper designed for your printer, and correctly set the Print-Quality Mode and Color
Adjustments. Follow the guidelines in this section to maintain optimum print quality from your
printer.
Temperature and humidity affect the quality of the printed output. The range for optimal print
quality is 15–28ºC (59–82ºF) and 20–70% relative humidity. However, print quality can be affected
when operating near the limits for both temperature and humidity.
PPaappeerr aanndd MMeeddiiaa
Your printer is designed to use various paper and other media types. Follow the guidelines in this
section for the best print quality and to avoid jams:
• Use only Xerox-approved paper. For more information, refer to Supported Paper.
• Use only dry, undamaged paper.
216 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Caution: Some paper and other media types can cause poor output quality, increased
paper jams, or damage your printer. Do not use the following:
• Rough or porous paper
• Inkjet paper
• Non-laser glossy or coated paper
• Paper that is photocopied
• Paper that is folded or wrinkled
• Paper with cutouts or perforations
• Stapled paper
• Envelopes with windows, metal clasps, side seams, or adhesives with release strips
• Padded envelopes
• Plastic media
• Transparencies
• Ensure that the paper type selected in your print driver matches the paper type on which you are
printing.
• If you have the same size paper loaded in more than one tray, ensure that the proper tray is
selected in the print driver.
• Store your paper and other media properly for optimum print quality. For more information, refer
to Paper Storage Guidelines.
SSoollvviinngg PPrriinntt--QQuuaalliittyy PPrroobblleemmss
When the print quality is poor, select the closest symptom from the following table and refer to the
corresponding solution to correct the problem. You can also print a Demonstration Print page to more
precisely determine the print-quality problem. For details, refer to Information Pages.
If the print quality does not improve after performing the appropriate action, contact your Xerox
representative.
Note:
• To maintain print quality, the toner or drum cartridges for many models of equipment are
designed to stop functioning at a predetermined point.
• Grayscale images printed with the composite black setting increment the color-pages
counter, because color consumables are used. Composite black is the default setting on
most printers.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
217
Troubleshooting
Symptom Probable Causes Solutions
Page Margins Are Inconsistent.
The image is not centered on the
page or the margins are not
consistent.
A paper registration adjustment is
needed.
Use the paper registration
procedure to adjust the image
position on the page. For details,
refer to Adjusting Paper
Registration.
Faded printouts with multiple
colors faded.
The toner cartridges are not
Xerox®toner cartridges.
Verify that the toner cartridges
meet specifications, and replace
them if necessary.
The paper being used is outside
the recommended specification
range.
Replace the paper with a
recommended size and type, and
confirm that your control panel
and print driver settings are
correct. For details, refer to
Supported Paper.
The paper type is heavier or
thicker than the paper type
selection.
Ensure that the proper paper is
loaded in the paper tray.
Choose a heavier paper type at
the control panel and in the print
driver.
Use a lighter paper or paper type.
The bias transfer voltage is not
properly adjusted for the paper
type.
Verify that the paper types set in
the control panel and the print
driver match the paper loaded in
the tray.
The settings in the application or
print driver are incorrect.
Print the Demonstration Print from
the Information Pages menu. For
details, refer to Information Pages.
If the Demo Print looks correct,
the printer is printing properly.
Verify that the application and the
print driver selections are correct
for your print job.
The paper is damp. Replace the paper.
218 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Symptom Probable Causes Solutions
The high-voltage supply is
defective.
For assistance, go to the Xerox®
Support website at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405support.
Only one color is faded. Toner cartridge is empty or
damaged.
Check the condition of the toner
cartridge and replace it if
necessary.
Color around the edge of printing
is incorrect.
The color registration is incorrect. Adjust the color registration. For
details, see details, refer to Color
Registration.
Stray black dots or white areas
(dropouts).
The paper is outside the
recommended specification range.
Replace the paper with a
recommended size and type, and
confirm that your control panel
and print driver settings are
correct. For details, refer to
Supported Paper.
There is debris on the rollers. Wipe the feed rollers with a clean
damp cloth to remove debris from
the rollers.
Note: Do not touch the
transfer roller or the
exposed end of the transfer
belt. Fingerprints can cause
print-quality issues.
The toner cartridges are not
Xerox®toner cartridges.
Ensure that the toner cartridges
meet specifications and replace
them if necessary. For details, refer
to Consumables.
• Vertical black or color streaks or
multiple colored streaks or
lines.
• Streaks in only one color.
The toner cartridges are not
Xerox®toner cartridges.
Ensure that the toner cartridges
meet specifications and replace
them if necessary. For details, refer
to Consumables.
Debris in the printer is dragging
against the toner before it is
fused.
Remove any debris or paper scraps
from the paper path under the
rear cover.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
219
Troubleshooting
Symptom Probable Causes Solutions
There is a problem with the toner
cartridge for that color.
Check the toner cartridge for
damage and replace if necessary.
For assistance, go to the Xerox®
Support website at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405support.
Partial blanks, creased paper, or
blotted printing.
The paper is damp. Replace the paper.
The paper is outside the
recommended specification range.
Replace the paper with a
recommended size and type. For
details, refer to Supported Paper.
The printer is worn or damaged. For assistance, go to the Xerox®
Support website at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405support.
The toner cartridges are not
Xerox®toner cartridges.
Verify that the toner cartridges
meet specifications and replace if
necessary. For details, refer to
Consumables.
The paper is impeded in the paper
path.
• Remove any paper or debris
from the paper path.
• Ensure that the trays are
pushed in all the way.
• Ensure that the rear cover is
closed and locked.
Condensation inside the printer
causes partial blanks or creased
paper.
Power on the printer and leave it
on for at least one hour to get rid
of the condensation. For
assistance, go to the Xerox®
Support website at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405support.
Vertical blanks appear. The laser lenses are blocked. Clean the laser lenses. For details,
refer to Cleaning the Laser Lenses.
The printer is worn or damaged. For assistance, go to the Xerox®
Support website at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405support.
The toner cartridges are not
Xerox®toner cartridges.
Ensure that the toner cartridges
meet specifications and replace if
necessary.
220 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Symptom Probable Causes Solutions
White lines or streaks running
through only one color.
Something is blocking the lens for
the affected color.
Clean the lens for the affected
color. For details, refer to Cleaning
the Laser Lenses.
White line or lines running through
all colors.
Paper or debris is dragging the
bottom of the transfer belt.
Remove the paper or debris from
the printer.
For assistance, go to the Xerox®
Support website at www.xerox.
com/office/VLC405support.
Slanted printing. The paper guides in the trays are
not set correctly.
Reset the paper tray guides. For
details, refer to Loading Paper.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
221
Troubleshooting
Symptom Probable Causes Solutions
Blotchy or mottled images. The paper is too light or too thin. Choose a different paper type at
the control panel, in the
application, and in the print driver.
The paper is damp. Replace the paper.
The humidity is too high. Reduce the humidity in the room
or move the printer to a new
location.
Spots or lines appear at regular
intervals on the prints.
One or more of the components in
the paper path is marking the
paper.
1 Print the Repeating Defects
pages.
At the control panel, touch
Device→Support→Support
Pages→Repeating Defects.
2 To determine the cause,
measure the distance between
the print defects.
• 28 mm (1.1 in.) - Drum
Cartridge
• 53 mm (2.1 in.) - Drum
Cartridge
• 75 mm (3.0 in.) - Drum
Cartridge
• 82 mm (3.2 in.) - Fuser
• 95 mm (3.7 in.) - Fuser
• 25 mm (1.0 in.) - Transfer
Belt
• 48 mm (1.9 in.) - Transfer
Belt
• 57 mm (2.2 in.) - Transfer
Belt
• 57 mm (2.2 in.) - Transfer
Roller
3 If the repeating defects match
one of these distances, replace
that item.
4 If the distance matches the
Transfer Belt or Transfer Roller,
call for service.
222 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Copy and Scan Problems
If the copy or scan quality is poor, refer to the following table.
Symptoms Solutions
Lines or streaks only present in copies made
from the document feeder.
There is debris on the CVT glass or the second-side scanning
lens assembly. When scanning, the paper from the document
feeder passes over the debris on the glass surfaces, resulting in
lines and streaks. Clean all glass surfaces with a lint-free cloth.
For more information, refer to Cleaning the Scanner.
Spots present in copies made from the
document glass.
There is debris on the document glass. When scanning, the
debris creates a spot on the image. Clean all glass surfaces
with a lint-free cloth.
Image is too light or too dark. Adjust the lighten/darken setting.
Colors are inaccurate. Adjust color settings and confirm that the correct Original
Type is set.
Perform the Scan Color Consistency procedure. For more
information, refer to Color Registration.
If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
223
Troubleshooting
Fax Problems
Note: If the printer cannot send and receive faxes, make sure that you are connected to an
approved analog telephone line. The fax cannot send or receive when connected to a digital
phone line.
If you cannot send or receive faxes correctly, refer to the following tables.
PPrroobblleemmss SSeennddiinngg FFaaxxeess
Symptoms Causes Solutions
The document is not scanned
using the document feeder.
The document is too thick, too
thin, or too small.
Use the document glass to send
the fax.
The document is scanned at an
angle.
The document feeder guides are
not adjusted to the width of the
document.
Adjust the document feeder
guides to fit the width of the
document.
The fax received by the recipient is
blurry.
The document is positioned
incorrectly.
Position the document correctly.
The document glass is dirty. Clean the document glass.
The text in the document is too
light.
Adjust the resolution.
There is a problem with the
telephone connection.
Verify that the telephone line is
working, then send the fax again.
There is a problem with the fax
machine of the caller.
Make a copy to verify that your
printer is operating correctly. If the
copy was printed correctly, have
the recipient verify the condition
of the receiving fax machine.
The fax received by the recipient is
blank.
The document was loaded
incorrectly.
• Document feeder: Place the
original document face up.
• Document glass: Place the
original document face down.
Fax was not transmitted. The fax number is wrong. Verify the fax number.
The telephone line is connected
incorrectly.
Verify the telephone connection. If
it is disconnected, connect it.
There is a problem with the fax
machine of the recipient.
Contact the recipient.
224 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Symptoms Causes Solutions
The fax is not installed or is not
enabled.
Verify that the fax is installed and
enabled.
If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support.
PPrroobblleemmss RReecceeiivviinngg FFaaxxeess
Symptoms Causes Solutions
The received fax is blank. There is a problem with the
telephone connection or with the
fax machine of the sender.
Verify that the printer can make
copies. Request that the sender
resent the fax.
The sender loaded the pages
incorrectly.
Contact the sender.
The printer answers the call, but
does not accept incoming data.
Not enough memory. If the job contains several
graphics, the printer could not
have enough memory. The printer
does not answer when memory is
low. Delete stored documents and
jobs then wait for the existing job
to complete. This increases
available memory.
The received fax size is reduced. The paper supply in the printer
does not match the document size
sent.
Confirm the original size of the
documents. Documents could be
reduced based on the available
paper supply in the printer.
Faxes cannot be received
automatically.
The printer is set to receive faxes
manually.
Set the printer to automatic
reception.
The memory is full. Load paper if it is empty, and then
print the faxes stored in the
memory.
The telephone line is connected
incorrectly.
Verify the telephone line
connection. If it is disconnected,
connect it.
There is a problem with the fax
machine of the sender.
Make a copy to verify that your
printer is operating correctly. If the
copy prints correctly, have the
recipient verify that the receiving
fax machine is operating correctly.
If the problem persists, for online support information, go to www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
225
Troubleshooting
Getting Help
Your printer includes utilities and resources to help you troubleshoot printing problems.
VViieewwiinngg WWaarrnniinngg MMeessssaaggeess oonn tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
When a warning condition occurs, the printer alerts you of the problem. A message appears on the
control panel and the LED status light on the control panel flashes amber or red. Warning alerts
inform you about printer conditions, such as low supplies or open doors, that require your attention. If
more than one warning condition occurs, only one warning message appears on the control panel at
a time.
VViieewwiinngg CCuurrrreenntt EErrrroorrss oonn tthhee CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell
When an error condition occurs, a message appears on the control panel to inform you of the
problem. Error messages warn you about printer conditions that prevent the printer from printing or
degrade printing performance. If more than one error occurs, only one is displayed on the control
panel.
UUssiinngg tthhee IInntteeggrraatteedd TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg TToooollss
Your printer has a set of reports that you can print. These reports include the Demonstration Print
page and the Error History report that can assist you in troubleshooting certain problems. The
Demonstration Print page prints an image to show print quality. You can use this page to
troubleshoot print-quality issues with the printer. The Error History report prints information on the
most recent printer errors.
For more information, refer to Printing Information Pages.
PPrriinnttiinngg tthhee EErrrroorr HHiissttoorryy RReeppoorrtt
1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.
2. To print the Error History Report, touch Device→Support→Support Pages→Error History Report.
3. To return to the Home screen, press the Home button.
OOnnlliinnee SSuuppppoorrtt AAssssiissttaanntt
The Online Support Assistant is a knowledge base that provides instructions and troubleshooting help
to solve your printer problems. You can find solutions for print-quality problems, paper jams, software
installation issues, and more.
To access the Online Support Assistant, go to www.xerox.com/office/VLC405support.
IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn PPaaggeess
Your printer has a set of information pages that you can print. These pages include configuration and
font information, demonstration pages, and more. For details, refer to Information Pages.
226 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Troubleshooting
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
229
A
Specifications
This appendix contains:
• Printer Configurations and Options .......................................................................................... 230
• Physical Specifications ............................................................................................................. 232
• Environmental Specifications ................................................................................................... 236
• Electrical Specifications............................................................................................................ 237
• Performance Specifications ...................................................................................................... 238
Printer Configurations and Options
AAvvaaiillaabbllee CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonnss
The printer is available in two configurations:
• Network printer with copy, scan, and fax functions, and USB or network connectivity.
• Network printer with copy, automatic 2-sided printing, scan, and fax functions, and USB or
network connectivity.
SSttaannddaarrdd FFeeaattuurreess
Print Speed Standard and Enhanced modes up to 36 ppm (letter)/35
ppm (A4)
2-Sided Print Speed Standard and Enhanced modes up to 24 images per
minute
Print Resolution • Standard mode: 600 x 600 x 1 bit dpi
• Enhanced mode: 600 x 600 x 8 bit dpi
Paper Capacity
• Bypass Tray
• Tray 1
• Optional 550-Sheet Feeder
• Output Tray
• 150 sheets
• 550 sheets
• 550 sheets
• 250 sheets
Maximum print size Legal (216 x 356 mm, 8.5 x 14 in.)
2-Sided Printing Up to 163 g/m² from any tray
Copy Speed
• 1-sided copy
• 2-sided copy
• 36 copies per minute for color, 36 for black and
white
• 24 copies per minute for color, 24 for black and
white
Copy Resolution 600 x 600 dpi
Max Copy Size Legal (216x356mm, 8.5x14 in.)
Document Feeder Single-Pass Duplex Automatic Document Feeder
Document Feeder Capacity 50 sheets
Scan Resolution
• Optical
• TWAIN
• 600 x 600 dpi
• Up to 1200 dpi interpolated
• Up to 600 dpi
230 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Specifications
• WIA
Max Scan Size
• Document Glass
• Single-Pass Duplex Automatic Document
Feeder
• 215.9 x 297 mm (8.5 x 11.7 in.)
• 215.9 x 355.6mm (8.5 x 14in.)
File Formats • JPEG
• TIFF
• PDF
• PDF/A
• XPS
Supported Scanning • Scan to Home
• Scan to Network (FTP or SMB)
• Scan to Email
• Scan to USB Flash Drive
• Scan to Desktop (WSD)
Email Address Book • Up to 100 email addresses
• Up to 10 email groups
• Up to 10 addresses per email group
Control Panel 5-inch LCD touch screen with home and power/wake
buttons
Connectivity • 2 x USB 2.0 (Type A)
• USB 3.0 (Type B)
• Ethernet 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T
• Wireless network connectivity with an IEEE802.11 n/
g/b-compliant Wireless Network Adapter (optional)
• Near Field Communication (NFC)
• AirPrint
• Mopria™
Remote Access Embedded Web Server
OOppttiioonnss aanndd UUppggrraaddeess
• Wireless network adapter
• 320-GB Hard Drive
• 550-Sheet Feeder
• Stand
• External Card Reader / RFID Kit
• Foreign Device Interface Kit
• Xerox®Common Access Card Enablement Kit
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
231
Specifications
Physical Specifications
WWeeiigghhttss aanndd DDiimmeennssiioonnss
Standard Configuration
Configuration with Optional
550-Sheet Feeder
Width 432 mm (17 in.) 432 mm (17 in.)
Depth 540 mm (21.3 in.) 540 mm (21.3 in.)
Height 599 mm (23.6 in.) 737 mm (29 in.)
Weight 32.7 kg (72 lbs.) 35.25 kg (77.7 lbs.)
SSttaannddaarrdd CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
232 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Specifications
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn wwiitthh OOppttiioonnaall 555500--SShheeeett FFeeeeddeerr
TToottaall SSppaaccee RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss
Standard Configuration
Configuration with Optional
550-Sheet Feeder
Width 932 mm (36.7 in.) 932 mm (36.7 in.)
Depth 1540 mm (60.6 in.) 1540 mm (60.6 in.)
Height 919 mm (36.2 in.) 1014 mm (39.9 in.)
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
233
Specifications
Environmental Specifications
TTeemmppeerraattuurree
• Operating Temperature Range: 10–32°C (50–90°F)
• Optimal Temperature Range: 15–28°C (59–82°F)
RReellaattiivvee HHuummiiddiittyy
• Operating Humidity Range: 10–85%
• Optimal Humidity Range: 20–70% relative humidity at 28°C (82°F)
Note: Under extreme environmental conditions, such as 10°C and 85% relative humidity,
printing defects can occur due to condensation inside the printer.
EElleevvaattiioonn
For optimum performance, use the printer at elevations below 3100 m (10,170 ft.).
236 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Specifications
Electrical Specifications
PPoowweerr SSuuppppllyy VVoollttaaggee aanndd FFrreeqquueennccyy
Power Supply Voltage Frequency Current Required
110–127 VAC +/-10%
(99–140 VAC)
60 Hz +/-3 Hz 10 A
220–240 VAC +/-10%
(198–264 VAC)
50 Hz +/-3 Hz 6 A
PPoowweerr CCoonnssuummppttiioonn
• Sleep mode: <4 W
• Low Power mode: 19.5 W
• Standby: 82 W
• Continuous printing: 705 W
RReeccyycclliinngg SSuupppplliieess
If you want to return used supplies for recycling, follow the instructions included with the new
supplies. If the instructions or shipping label are not available, for more information, go to: www.
xerox.com/recycling.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
237
Specifications
Performance Specifications
Feature Specifications
Printer warm-up time Power on: as fast as 60 seconds.
Recovery from sleep mode as fast as 4 seconds.
Note: Warm-up time assumes an ambient
temperature of 20ºC (68°F) at 65% relative
humidity.
PPrriinntt SSppeeeedd
Print speeds for continuous printing are up to 36 ppm. Print speeds are the same for color or black
and white printing.
Several factors affect print speed:
• Print mode: The fastest print mode is Standard.
• Paper size: Letter (8.5 x 11 in.) prints slightly faster than A4 (210 x 297 mm). Larger sizes reduce
print speeds.
• Paper type and weights: For faster printing, use paper weights of 105g/m² or less.
Maximum Print Speeds:
• 1-sided printing: 36 ppm on Letter-sized paper and 35 ppm on A4 paper
• 2-sided printing: 24 images per minute on Letter-sized paper and on A4 paper
• Heavyweight Paper: 18 ppm
238 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Specifications
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
239
B
Regulatory Information
This appendix contains:
• Basic Regulations ..................................................................................................................... 240
• Copy Regulations ..................................................................................................................... 245
• Fax Regulations........................................................................................................................ 248
• Safety Certification .................................................................................................................. 252
• Material Safety Data Sheets .................................................................................................... 253
Basic Regulations
Xerox has tested this printer to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These standards
are designed to mitigate interference caused or received by this printer in a typical office
environment.
UUnniitteedd SSttaatteess FFCCCC RReegguullaattiioonnss
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 and Part 18 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the
equipment is not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, it can cause harmful
interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to
cause harmful interference. Users are required to correct the interference at their own expense.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Changes or modifications to this equipment not approved by Xerox can void the authority of the user
to operate this equipment.
WARNING: To ensure compliance with Part 15 and Part 18 of the FCC rules, use shielded
interface cables.
CCaannaaddaa
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003 and ICES-001.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 et NMB-001 du Canada.
CCeerrttiiffiiccaattiioonnss iinn EEuurrooppee
The CE mark applied to this product symbolizes a declaration of conformity by Xerox
with the following applicable Directives of the European Union as of the date indicated:
• April 16, 2014: Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU
Hereby, Xerox declares that the radio equipment model VersaLink®C405 is in compliance with
Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity can found at the following
internet address: www.xerox.com/environment_europe
This printer, if used properly in accordance with the instructions, is not dangerous for the consumer or
for the environment.
240 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Regulatory Information
WARNING:
• Changes or modifications to this equipment not specifically approved by the Xerox
Corporation may void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
• External radiation from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) equipment can interfere
with the operation of this Xerox device. If external radiation from ISM equipment interferes
with this device, contact your Xerox representative for assistance.
• This is a class A product. In a domestic environment, this product can cause radio frequency
interference, in which case the user can be required to take adequate measures.
• To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface cables.
EEuurrooppeeaann UUnniioonn LLoott 44 IImmaaggiinngg EEqquuiippmmeenntt
AAggrreeeemmeenntt EEnnvviirroonnmmeennttaall IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn
EEnnvviirroonnmmeennttaall IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn PPrroovviiddiinngg EEnnvviirroonnmmeennttaall SSoolluuttiioonnss aanndd
RReedduucciinngg CCoosstt
The following information has been developed to assist users and has been issued in relation to the
European Union (EU) Energy Related Products Directive, specifically the Lot 4 study on Imaging
Equipment. This requires manufacturers to improve environmental performance of in scope products
and supports the EU action plan on energy efficiency.
In scope products are Household and Office equipment that meet the following criteria:
• Standard monochrome format products with a maximum speed less than 66 A4 images per
minute
• Standard color format products with a maximum speed less than 51 A4 images per minute
Environmental Benefits of Duplex Printing
Most Xerox products have duplex printing, also known as 2-sided printing, capability. This enables you
to print on both sides of the paper automatically, and therefore helps to reduce the use of valuable
resources by reducing your paper consumption. The Lot 4 Imaging Equipment agreement requires
that on models greater than or equal to 40 ppm color or greater than or equal to 45 ppm
monochrome the duplex function has been auto enabled, during the setup and driver installation.
Some Xerox models below these speed bands may also be enabled with 2-sided printing settings
defaulted on at the time of install. Continuing to use the duplex function will reduce the
environmental impact of your work. However, should you require simplex/1-sided printing, you may
change the print settings in the print driver.
Paper Types
This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper, approved to an environmental
stewardship scheme, which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. Lighter weight
paper (60 g/m²), which contains less raw material and thus saves resources per print, may be used in
certain applications. We encourage you to check if this is suitable for your printing needs.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
241
Regulatory Information
ENERGY STAR Qualified Product
The following configuration of this device is ENERGY STAR®qualified under
the ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Imaging Equipment:
Network printer with copy, automatic 2-sided printing, scan functions, fax
functions, and USB or network connectivity.
The ENERGY STAR and ENERGY STAR mark are registered United States
trademarks.
The ENERGY STAR Imaging Equipment Program is a team effort between United
States, European Union, and Japanese governments and the office equipment
industry to promote energy-efficient copiers, printers, fax, multifunction printers,
personal computers, and monitors. Reducing product energy consumption helps
combat smog, acid rain, and long-term changes to the climate by decreasing the
emissions that result from generating electricity.
ENERGY STAR settings are preset on Xerox®equipment at the factory to switch to Power Saver modes
after 2 minutes from the last copy or print.
Power Consumption and Activation Time
The amount of electricity that a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This device
is designed and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity usage.
Power Saver modes are enabled on your device to reduce energy consumption. After the last print,
the device transitions to Ready mode. In this mode, the device can print again immediately. If the
device is not used for a specified period, the device transitions to Low Power mode, then to Sleep
mode. In these modes, to enable reduced-power consumption, only essential functions remain active.
The device takes longer to produce the first print after it exits the Power Saver modes than it takes to
print in Ready mode. This delay is the result of the system waking up and is typical of most imaging
devices on the market.
To save power, you can enable Auto Power Off mode on your device. If Auto Power Off mode is
enabled, you can configure the mode as follows:
•Always Allowed: The device powers off automatically after the specified time, and the cumulative
Low Power mode and Sleep mode timeouts have elapsed.
•Allowed ONLY When Conditions are Met: The device automatically powers off only after
timeouts have elapsed. The device also powers off if Fax, USB Drive, and Wired and Non-Wired
Network have not been activated.
To change the Power Saver settings, refer to the User Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs. For
further assistance, contact your System Administrator or refer to the System Administrator Guide.
To enable Auto Power Off mode, contact your System Administrator. For details, refer to the System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
To learn more about Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives, go to: www.xerox.com/
environment.
Note: Changing the default Power Saver activation times can result in an overall higher energy
consumption of the device. Before you turn off Power Saver modes or set a long activation
time, consider the increase in device power consumption.
242 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Regulatory Information
Default Power Saver Settings
This device is ENERGY STAR®-qualified under the ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Imaging
Equipment. The transition time from Ready mode to Low-Power mode can be set up to 60 minutes.
The default value is 1 minute. The transition time from Low-Power mode to Sleep mode can be set up
to 60 minutes. The default value is set at 1 minute. The total transition time from Ready mode to
Sleep mode can take up to 60 minutes.
To change the Power Saver settings, contact your system administrator or refer to System
Administrator Guide at www.xerox.com/office/VLC405docs.
EcoLogo Certified to Office Machines CCD-035
This product is certified to EcoLogo standard for office machines, meeting all
requirements for reduced environmental impact. As part of achieving certification,
Xerox Corporation has proven this product meets the EcoLogo criteria for energy
efficiency. Certified copier, printer, multifunctional device, and fax products must also
meet criteria such as reduced chemical emissions and demonstrate compatibility with
recycled supplies. EcoLogo was established in 1988 to help consumers find products
and services with reduced environmental impacts. EcoLogo is a voluntary, multi-
attribute, and lifecycle-based environmental certification. This certification indicates
that a product has undergone rigorous scientific testing, exhaustive auditing, or both,
to prove its compliance with stringent, third-party, environmental performance
standards.
GGeerrmmaannyy
GGeerrmmaannyy -- BBlluuee AAnnggeell
RAL, the German Institute for Quality Assurance and Labeling, has awarded
the following configuration of this device the Blue Angel Environmental
Label:
Network printer with copy, automatic 2-sided printing, scan functions, fax functions,
and USB or network connectivity.
This label distinguishes it as a device that satisfies Blue Angel criteria for
environmental acceptability in terms of device design, manufacture, and operation.
For more information, go to www.blauer-engel.de.
BBlleennddsscchhuuttzz
Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz
vorgesehen. Um störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt
nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.
LLäärrmmeemmiissssiioonn
Maschinenlärminformations-Verordnung 3. GPSGV: Der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A)
oder weniger gemäß EN ISO 7779.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
243
Regulatory Information
IImmppoorrtteeuurr
Xerox GmbH
Hellersbergstraße 2-4
41460 Neuss
Deutschland
TTuurrkkeeyy RRooHHSS RReegguullaattiioonn
In compliance with Article 7 (d), we hereby certify “it is in compliance with the EEE regulation.”
“EEE yönetmeliğine uygundur.”
EEuurraassiiaann EEccoonnoommiicc CCoommmmuunniittyy CCeerrttiiffiiccaattiioonn
Russia, Belarus, and Kazakhstan are working to establish a common customs union,
the Eurasian Economic Community, or EurAsEC. The Eurasian Economic Community
members anticipate sharing a common regulatory scheme and common EurAsEC
certification mark, the EAC Mark.
RReegguullaattoorryy IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn ffoorr 22..44--GGHHzz aanndd 55--GGHHzz
WWiirreelleessss NNeettwwoorrkk AAddaapptteerrss
This product contains a 2.4-GHz and 5-GHz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module that complies with
the requirements specified in FCC Part 15, Industry Canada RSS-210, and European Council Directive
2014/53/EU. Radio Frequency (RF) output power of this device will not exceed 20 dBm in either
frequency band.
Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications to this device not specifically approved by the Xerox Corporation may void
the user's authority to operate this equipment.
OOzzoonnee RReelleeaassee
This printer produces ozone during normal operation. The amount of ozone produced is dependent on
copy volume. Ozone is heavier than air and is not produced in amounts large enough to harm anyone.
Install the printer in a well-ventilated room.
For more information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/environment. In other
markets, please contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.
244 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Regulatory Information
Copy Regulations
UUnniitteedd SSttaatteess
Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain
circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such
reproductions.
1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:
• Certificates of Indebtedness.
• National Bank Currency.
• Coupons from Bonds.
• Federal Reserve Bank Notes.
• Silver Certificates.
• Gold Certificates.
• United States Bonds.
• Treasury Notes.
• Federal Reserve Notes.
• Fractional Notes.
• Certificates of Deposit.
• Paper Money.
• Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA and so on.
• Bonds. United States Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in
connection with the campaign for the sale of such bonds.
• Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a
canceled revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is
performed for lawful purposes.
• Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be
photographed, provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more
than 150% of the linear dimensions of the original.
• Postal Money Orders.
• Bills, Checks, or Drafts of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.
• Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or
may be issued under any Act of Congress.
• Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.
2. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.
3. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the
reproduction falls within the “fair use” or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright
law. Further information of these provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of
Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
245
Regulatory Information
4. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be
photographed.
5. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.
6. Immigration papers.
7. Draft Registration Cards.
8. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following Registrant’s information:
• Earnings or Income.
• Court Record.
• Physical or mental condition.
• Dependency Status.
• Previous military service.
• Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.
9. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of
the various Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, and so on (unless photograph is ordered
by the head of such department or bureau).
Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:
• Automobile Licenses.
• Drivers’ Licenses.
• Automobile Certificates of Title.
The preceding list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In
case of doubt, consult your attorney.
For more information about these provisions contact the Copyright Office, Library of Congress,
Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.
CCaannaaddaa
Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain
circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such
reproductions.
• Current bank notes or current paper money
• Obligations or securities of a government or bank
• Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper
• The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or
of a court of law
• Proclamations, orders, regulations, or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely
cause same to purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent
printer for a province)
• Marks, brands, seals, wrappers, or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of
a province, the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission, or
agency established by the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state
other than Canada
246 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Regulatory Information
• Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or
of a province or by the government of a state other than Canada
• Documents, registers, or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing
certified copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof
• Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright
or trademark owner
This list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability is
assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.
OOtthheerr CCoouunnttrriieess
Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be
imposed on those found guilty of making such reproductions.
• Currency notes
• Bank notes and checks
• Bank and government bonds and securities
• Passports and identification cards
• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner
• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of
doubt, contact your legal counsel.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
247
Regulatory Information
Fax Regulations
UUnniitteedd SSttaatteess
FFaaxx SSeenndd HHeeaaddeerr RReeqquuiirreemmeennttss
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer
or other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly
contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or
other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such
business, other entity, or individual. The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any
other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.
For instructions on programming the Fax Send Header information, refer to the section of the System
Administrator Guide on Setting Transmission Defaults.
DDaattaa CCoouupplleerr IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the
Administrative Council for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the cover of this equipment is a label
that contains, among other information, a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If
requested, this number must be provided to the Telephone Company.
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must
comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant
telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this product. It connects to a compatible modular
jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.
You can safely connect the printer to the following standard modular jack: USOC RJ-11C using the
compliant telephone line cord (with modular plugs) provided with the installation kit. See installation
instructions for details.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that can be
connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line could result in the devices not
ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed
five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that can be connected to a line, as determined by
the RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN
is part of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ##
are the REN without a decimal point (for example, 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is
separately shown on the label.
To order the correct service from the local Telephone Company, you could also have to quote the
codes in the following list:
• Facility Interface Code (FIC) = 02LS2
• Service Order Code (SOC) = 9.0Y
Caution: Ask your local Telephone Company for the modular jack type installed on your line.
Connecting this machine to an unauthorized jack can damage telephone company equipment.
You, not Xerox, assume all responsibility and/or liability for any damage caused by the
connection of this machine to an unauthorized jack.
248 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Regulatory Information
If this Xerox®equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company could
temporarily discontinue service to the telephone line to which it is connected. If advance notice is not
practical, the Telephone Company notifies you of the disconnection as soon as possible. If the
Telephone Company interrupts your service, they can advise you of your right to file a complaint with
the FCC if you believe that it is necessary.
The Telephone Company could change its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures which could
affect the operation of the equipment. If the Telephone Company changes something that affects
the operation of the equipment, they should notify you in order for you to make necessary
modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If you experience trouble with this Xerox®equipment, please contact the appropriate service center
for repair or warranty information. Contact information is contained in the Device app on the printer
and in the back of the Troubleshooting section of the User Guide. If the equipment is causing harm to
the telephone network, the Telephone Company may request you to disconnect the equipment until
the problem is resolved.
Only a Xerox Service Representative or an authorized Xerox Service provider are authorized to make
repairs to the printer. This applies at any time during or after the service warranty period. If
unauthorized repair is performed, the remainder of the warranty period is null and void.
This equipment must not be used on party lines. Connection to party line service is subject to state
tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation
commission for information.
Your office could have specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line. Make sure
that the installation of this Xerox®equipment does not disable your alarm equipment.
If you have questions about what could disable alarm equipment, consult your Telephone Company
or a qualified installer.
CCaannaaddaa
This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.
A representative designated by the supplier should coordinate repairs to certified equipment. Repairs
or alterations made by the user to this device, or device malfunctions, could cause the
telecommunications company to request you to disconnect the equipment.
For user protection, make sure that the printer is properly grounded. The electrical ground connections
of the power utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe systems, if present, must be
connected together. This precaution could be vital in rural areas.
WARNING: Do not attempt to make such connections yourself. Contact the appropriate
electric inspection authority, or electrician, to make the ground connection.
The REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of
terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface could
consist of any combination of devices. The only limitation to the number of devices is the requirement
that the sum of the RENs of the devices does not exceed 5. For the Canadian REN value, please see
the label on the equipment.
CCaannaaddaa CCSS--0033 IIssssuuee 99
This product has been tested to and is compliant with CS–03 issue 9.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
249
Regulatory Information
EEuurrooppeeaann UUnniioonn
RRaaddiioo EEqquuiippmmeenntt aanndd TTeelleeccoommmmuunniiccaattiioonnss TTeerrmmiinnaall EEqquuiippmmeenntt
DDiirreeccttiivvee
This device has been designed to work with the national public switched telephone networks and
compatible PBX devices of the following countries:
Pan-European Analog PSTN and Compatible PBX Certifications
Austria Greece Netherlands
Belgium Hungary Norway
Bulgaria Iceland Poland
Cyprus Ireland Portugal
Czech Republic Italy Romania
Denmark Latvia Slovakia
Estonia Liechtenstein Slovenia
Finland Lithuania Spain
France Luxembourg Sweden
Germany Malta United Kingdom
If you have problems with your product, contact your local Xerox representative. This product can be
configured to be compatible with other country networks. Before reconnecting the device to a
network in another country, contact your Xerox representative for assistance.
Note:
• Although this product can use either loop disconnect (pulse) or DTMF tone signaling, Xerox
recommends that you use DTMF signaling. DTMF signaling provides reliable and faster call
setup.
• Modification of this product, or connection to external control software or control
apparatus not authorized by Xerox, invalidates its certification.
250 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Regulatory Information
NNeeww ZZeeaallaanndd
1. The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has
accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It
indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, it does not provide any sort of warranty,
and it does not imply that any Telepermitted product is compatible with all Telecom network
services. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with
another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model.
The equipment may not be capable of correct operation at the higher data speeds designated.
33.6 kbps and 56 kbps connections are likely to be restricted to lower bit rates when connected to
some PSTN implementations. Telecom will accept no responsibility for difficulties that arise in
such circumstances.
2. Immediately disconnect this equipment should it become physically damaged, then arrange for
its disposal or repair.
3. This modem shall not be used in any manner which could constitute a nuisance to other Telecom
customers.
4. This device is equipped with pulse dialing, while the Telecom standard is DTMF tone dialing. There
is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing.
5. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may
give rise to 'bell tinkle' or noise and cause a false answer condition. If you encounter such
problems, do not contact the Telecom Faults Service.
6. DTMF tones dialing is the preferred method because it is faster than pulse (decadic) dialing and is
readily available on almost all New Zealand telephone exchanges.
WARNING: No '111' or other calls can be made from this device during a mains power
failure.
7. This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected
to the same line.
8. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom Telepermit requirements are dependent
on the equipment (computer) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set
to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom Specifications:
For repeat calls to the same number:
• There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30 minute
period for any single manual call initiation, and
• The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of
one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt.
For automatic calls to different numbers:
The equipment shall be set to ensure that automatic calls to different numbers are spaced such
that there is no less than five seconds between the end of one call attempt and the beginning of
another.
9. For correct operation, total of the RNs of all devices connected to a single line at any time should
not exceed five.
SSoouutthh AAffrriiccaa
This modem must be used in conjunction with an approved surge-protection device.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
251
Regulatory Information
Safety Certification
This device is certified by the following agencies using the following safety standards.
Agency Standard
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (US/Canada) UL 60950-1, 2nd Edition, 2014-10-14
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-07, 2nd Edition, 2014-
10
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (Europe) IEC 60950-1:2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013 EN 60950-
1:2006 + A11:2009 + A1:2010 + A12:2011 + A2:2013
252 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Regulatory Information
Material Safety Data Sheets
For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to:
• North America: www.xerox.com/msds
• European Union: www.xerox.com/environment_europe
For the Customer Support Center phone numbers, go to www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
253
Regulatory Information
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
255
C
Recycling and Disposal
This appendix contains:
• All Countries............................................................................................................................. 256
• North America ......................................................................................................................... 257
• European Union....................................................................................................................... 258
• Other Countries........................................................................................................................ 260
All Countries
If you are managing the disposal of your Xerox product, please note that the printer may contain
lead, mercury, perchlorate, and other materials whose disposal may be regulated due to
environmental considerations. The presence of these materials is fully consistent with global
regulations applicable at the time that the product was placed on the market. For recycling and
disposal information, contact your local authorities. Perchlorate Material: This product may contain
one or more Perchlorate-containing devices, such as batteries. Special handling may apply. For more
information, go to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
256 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Recycling and Disposal
North America
Xerox operates an equipment take-back and reuse/recycle program. Contact your Xerox
representative (1-800-ASK-XEROX) to determine if this Xerox product is part of the program. For more
information about Xerox environmental programs, visit www.xerox.com/environment, or for recycling
and disposal information, contact your local authorities.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
257
Recycling and Disposal
European Union
Some equipment may be used in both a domestic/household and a professional/business application.
DDoommeessttiicc//HHoouusseehhoolldd EEnnvviirroonnmmeenntt
Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you should not
dispose of the equipment in the normal household waste stream.
In accordance with European legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to
disposal must be segregated from household waste.
Private households within EU member states may return used electrical and electronic equipment to
designated collection facilities free of charge. Please contact your local disposal authority for
information.
In some member states, when you purchase new equipment, your local retailer may be required to
take back your old equipment free of charge. Please ask your retailer for information.
PPrrooffeessssiioonnaall//BBuussiinneessss EEnnvviirroonnmmeenntt
Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you must dispose of
this equipment in compliance with agreed national procedures.
In accordance with European legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to
disposal must be managed within agreed procedures.
Prior to disposal, please contact your local reseller or Xerox representative for end of life take-back
information.
258 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Recycling and Disposal
CCoolllleeccttiioonn aanndd DDiissppoossaall ooff EEqquuiippmmeenntt aanndd BBaatttteerriieess
These symbols on the products and/or accompanying documents mean that used
electrical and electronic products and batteries should not be mixed with general
household waste.
For proper treatment, recovery, and recycling of old products and used batteries, please
take them to applicable collection points, in accordance with your national legislation and
the Directive 2002/96/EC and 2006/66/EC.
By disposing of these products and batteries correctly, you will help to save valuable
resources and prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the
environment which could otherwise arise from inappropriate waste handling.
For more information about collection and recycling of old products and batteries, please
contact your local municipality, your waste disposal service or the point of sale where you
purchased the items.
Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste, in accordance with
national legislation.
BBuussiinneessss UUsseerrss iinn tthhee EEuurrooppeeaann UUnniioonn
If you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplier for
further information.
DDiissppoossaall OOuuttssiiddee ooff tthhee EEuurrooppeeaann UUnniioonn
These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you wish to discard these items, please
contact your local authorities or dealer and ask for the correct method of disposal.
BBaatttteerryy SSyymmbbooll NNoottee
This wheeled bin symbol may be used in combination with a chemical symbol. This
establishes compliance with the requirements set out by the Directive.
BBaatttteerryy RReemmoovvaall
Batteries should only be replaced by a manufacturer-approved service facility.
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
259
Recycling and Disposal
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
261
D
Apps Features
262 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
Preset Use Preset to select values that
were stored previously. Select the
required Preset from the menu.
• • • • •
Output Color Use Output Color to control the
color rendering of the output
image or print.
• • • •
Color Balance For a color original document, you
can adjust the balance of the
printing colors among cyan,
magenta, yellow, and black before
printing your copy.
•
Color Effects For a color original document, you
can adjust the color of the copy
using preset color effects. For
example, you can adjust colors to
be brighter or cooler.
•
Saturation Saturation allows you to adjust
the color strength and the amount
of gray in the color.
• • •
2-Sided and 2-Sided
Scanning
You can use the 2-Sided options to
set the device to scan one or both
sides of an original document. For
Copy jobs, you can specify 1-Sided
or 2-Sided output.
• • • • •
Paper Supply Use Paper Supply to specify the
size, type and color of the paper
required, or the Paper Tray to use.
If Auto is selected, the printer
• •
Apps Features
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
263
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
chooses the paper tray based on
the original document size and
the selected settings.
Collated You can collate multiple-page
copy jobs automatically. For
example, when making three
1-Sided copies of a six-page
document, the copies are printed
in this order:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, 6.
•
Reduce/Enlarge You can reduce the image to as
little as 25% of its original size or
enlarge it as much as 400%.
• •
Original Type The printer optimizes the image
quality of the copies based on the
type of images in the original
document and how the original
image was created.
• • • • • •
Lighten/Darken Use the Lighten/Darken slider to
make the output image or print
lighter or darker.
• • • • • •
Sharpness Use this option to sharpen the
output image or print. For best
results, sharpen text images and
soften photos.
• • • • •
Image Enhancement Use the Image Enhancement
options to select Background
• •
Apps Features
264 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
Suppression when you scan
original documents on a colored
sheet, or to adjust the image
contrast.
Original Orientation You can use the Original
Orientation option to specify the
layout of the original images that
you scan. The printer uses the
information to determine if
images require rotation to
produce the desired output.
• • •
Image Shift Image Shift allows you to modify
the location of the image on the
page. You can shift the printed
image along the X and Y axes of
each sheet of paper.
•
Auto Background
Suppression
Use the Auto Background
Suppression setting to reduce the
sensitivity of the printer to
variations in light background
colors.
• •
Edge Erase You can erase content from the
edges of your images using the
Edge Erase feature. You can
specify the amount to erase on
the right, left, top, and bottom
edges.
• • •
Original Size To ensure that you are scanning
the correct area of the documents,
specify the original document size.
• • • • •
Apps Features
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
265
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
Book Copying You can use the Book Copying
feature to copy books, magazines,
or other bound documents.
•
Front Cover You can print the first page of
your copy job on different paper,
such as colored or heavyweight
paper. The printer selects the
special paper from a different
tray. The cover can be blank or
printed.
Note: This function is
available only on printers
with an optional
Productivity Kit installed.
•
Annotations You can add Annotations, such as
page numbers and the date, to
your copies.
Note: This function is
available only on printers
with an optional
Productivity Kit installed.
•
Booklet Creation The Booklet Creation feature
prints two pages on each side of
the paper. The pages are
reordered so that they are in
numerical order when folded.
Note: This function is
available only on printers
with an optional
Productivity Kit installed.
•
Apps Features
266 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
Page Layout You can print the selected number
of pages on one side of a sheet of
paper. Selecting multiple pages
per sheet saves paper and
provides a way to review the
layout of a document.
•
Sample Copy Sample Copy allows you to print a
test copy of a job to inspect
before printing multiple copies.
This feature is useful for complex
or high-volume jobs. After you
print and inspect the test copy,
you can choose to print or cancel
the remaining copies.
•
Quantity Use this option to enter the
number of required ID card copies.
•
Preview Use this option to view a sample
of the scanned images. You can
use Preview to continue scanning
and adding pages to a job.
• • • •
Resolution Resolution determines how fine or
grainy graphic images appear.
Image resolution is measured in
dots per inch (dpi).
• • • •
Contrast You can use the Contrast feature
to adjust the variation between
light and dark areas of the image.
• •
Apps Features
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
267
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
Remove Blank Pages Remove Blank Pages configures
the printer to ignore blank pages.
• • • •
Book Scanning You can use the Book Scanning
feature to scan books, magazines,
or other bound documents.
• •
Subject Use the Subject option to add a
title or heading to an email.
•
From Use the From option to specify
the originator of the email.
• •
Reply To Use the Reply To option to include
an email address you want the
recipient to reply to. This option is
useful if you want the recipient to
reply to your email address rather
than to the device.
Note: The system
administrator can preset
this option.
• •
Message Use Message to enter information
to accompany the email.
• •
File Format Use the File Format option to
specify the format of the saved
image or to define a searchable
image. You can add a password to
protect the image or choose to
•
Apps Features
268 Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
combine multiple images into a
single file.
File Already Exists Use the File Already Exists option
to define what action the device
takes when the file name is used
already.
•
File Name Use the File Name option to
specify a name for the file
containing the scanned images.
• •
Book Faxing You can use the Book Faxing
feature to scan images from
books, magazines, or other bound
documents for faxing.
• •
Starting Rate Select the highest starting rate to
transmit the fax, unless the
destination for the fax you are
sending has special requirements.
•
Cover Sheet You can use the Cover Sheet
option to add an introduction
page to the beginning of your fax.
You can add a short comment to
the cover sheet, and To and From
details.
•
Transmission Header
Text
It is unlawful to send a message
from a fax machine without the
proper Transmission Header Text.
Ensure that the name and
telephone number of the sender,
and the date and time of the
•
Apps Features
Xerox®VersaLink®C405 Color Multifunction Printer
User Guide
269
Feature Description Copy Email Fax
Server
Fax Scan To
ID Card
Copy
transmission are included on all
faxes.
Delay Send You can set a time in the future
for the printer to send your fax
job. You can delay the sending of
your fax job for up to 24 hours.
• •
Priority Send Use Priority Send to identify
urgent faxes. Priority faxes are
sent first.
•
Manual Send You can use the Manual Send
feature to enable the fax modem
speaker temporarily. This feature
is helpful to dial international
numbers, or to use phone systems
that require you to wait for a
specific audio tone.
•
Polling Polling allows you to retrieve faxes
stored on other fax machines.
•
Apps Features
